Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Manhattan Associates

Manhattan Associates

manh · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker manh
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Manhattan Associates
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The
Commerce-Ready
Enterprise

 Manhattan Associates  
helps build commerce-ready 

enterprises by bringing all 

 points of commerce together. 

 By converging front-end sales 

 with back-end supply chain 

execution, our market-leading 

solutions and unmatched 

experience help our customers 

 get ready to reap the rewards 

 of the modern marketplace. 

We define the three key competencies

of the Commerce-Ready Enterprise as

Inventory, Supply Chain and Omni-Channel. 

The
Commerce-Ready
Enterprise

Global Offices

Partner Locations

Atlanta

Indianapolis

Edison

Reading

Paris

Amsterdam

Tokyo

Shanghai

Singapore

Bangalore

Sydney

Melbourne

Annual Report
2014

Latin America

Brazil

Chile

Colombia

Mexico

Panama

Europe,
Middle East
and Africa

Iceland

Poland

Romania

Russia

South Africa

Spain

Sweden

United Arab Emirates

Asia Pacific

Indonesia

Malaysia

South Korea

Thailand

Table of Contents

 02

Letter to Shareholders
From Eddie Capel, President and CEO

 04

 06

On Being Commerce-Ready
Solutions Overview

Solving Tomorrow’s Inventory Challenges
Inventory Solutions 

 09

Building on Our Heritage
Supply Chain Solutions

10

13

14

16

Anticipating Retail’s Next Decade of Growth
Omni-Channel Central Solutions

Empowering the Store Associate
Omni-Channel Local Solutions

Financial Highlights
Detailed Financial Data for 2014

Manhattan At A Glance
Our Executive Team and Board of Directors

02         

Letter to 
Shareholders

Eddie Capel

President and 

Chief Executive Officer 

    
We generated record revenue, operating profit, earnings per share, and 

cash flow from operations to deliver significant shareholder return. With 

no signs of slowing, the digital commerce revolution and modernization 

of supply chain technology continue to open new opportunities for retail, 

manufacturing, and wholesale business models; this represents significant 

opportunities for your company to increase market share and continue to 

successfully expand beyond our core business into the retail store.

F E L L O W   S H A R E H O L D E R S :

In 2014 Manhattan Associates experienced another very 

successful year, delivering value to our Shareholders, our 

and choice. Consequently, retailers around the world are 

searching for ways to not only remain relevant, but also offer 

a distinctive service that yields a competitive advantage. 

Customers, and our Associates. We generated record 

Because these are precisely the types of business problems 

revenue, operating profit, earnings per share, and cash flow 

we solve, our business flourished in 2014. And, the outlook for 

from operations to deliver significant shareholder return. 

2015 and beyond is very bright for several reasons. First, 

With no signs of slowing, the digital commerce revolution 

as serial investors, we are passionate and committed to 

and modernization of supply chain technology continue 

pushing our research and innovation to the front of the market. 

to open new opportunities for retail, manufacturing, and 

Our deep insight for the market provides a unique understand-

wholesale business models; this represents significant 

ing for our customers’ needs and a distinctive development 

opportunities for your company to increase market share and 

advantage. Second, our competitive position continues to 

continue to successfully expand beyond our core business 

improve with every opportunity we experience. Unlike many 

into the retail store.

The commerce revolution has dramatically redefined the 

way we shop. I say “we” because the commerce revolution 

surrounds everyone. Not too long ago, stores made the rules. 

For example, if a shopper wanted a particular product and the 

store did not have the correct size or color, the store offered 

limited options: purchase a different product, take a chance by 

coming back later, try a different store, or walk away empty-

handed. At that time, we did not know anything different than 

to follow the store’s rules. Today, we set the rules. We can buy 

online and pick up in-store, buy online and ship to a pick-up 

locker, buy in-store and ship from manufacturer to my home. 

These are just a few of the 1,500 purchase-to-fulfillment 

variations that are increasing the complexity of omni-channel 

commerce. Compounding the complexity, customer service 

others in the race, we provide market-ready solutions poised 

for the future and validated by many of the world’s leading 

brands. Finally, the market is receptive to our solutions. At a 

time of market disruption, discovery, and transformation, our 

customers rely on our experience, insight, and leadership.

Leading with Innovation
Manhattan Associates’ distinctive capabilities to deliver a 

complete, supply chain commerce solution on a common 

platform positions the company as the leader in a market 

where the digital commerce revolution is drawing the 

intersection between the consumer and the supply chain closer 

than ever before. As the only pure-play technology innovator 

in our market, we bring unmatched focus on the innovation 

that is the most valuable and impactful for our customers.

expectations have skyrocketed. Consumers have developed 

For our customers and target markets, we believe the only 

an insatiable need for personalization, convenience, efficiency, 

way to deliver a seamless, end-to-end experience that is 

We believe the only way to deliver a seamless, 
end-to-end experience that is both personal and 
profitable is by building a customer-ready enterprise 
designed on the foundation of supply chain, 
omni-channel, and inventory.

both personal and profitable is by building a customer-ready 

enterprise designed on the foundation of supply chain, 

omni-channel, and inventory. With this exciting market 

opportunity, our 2015 plans call for increased R&D investment 

beyond our core supply chain solutions focusing on developing 

the industry’s leading retail customer platform. 

Supply Chain Technology Replacement Cycle
Our traditional Supply Chain Solutions are benefitting 

from the market’s need to modernize legacy systems 

and accelerate innovation ahead of the competition. The 

digital commerce revolution has instigated a technology 

transformation that has many retailers, manufacturers, and 

wholesalers rethinking, redesigning, and replacing legacy 

applications. An example of the innovation we introduced in 

2014 is our first mobile application for the warehouse: Labor 

Management Mobile. This mobile application is designed to 

We believe that for brands to be truly competitive, 
the entire enterprise must contribute to winning and 
keeping a customer’s business. Making this happen 
means being flexible enough to respond to changing 
customer expectations about selling and delivery, 
while maintaining the coordination and control to 
perform and stay profitable.

Winning the Omni-Channel Commerce Market
Our distinctive positioning had a meaningful impact on our 

help supervisors move out from behind their desks and spend 

growth in 2014, as our omni-channel initiatives became our 

most of their time on the floor engaging and coaching their 

fastest-growing product segment, nearly doubling in revenue 

teams. The response has been great; our first customer went 

from 2013. With overall retail growing at about 3% to 4%, 

live in December 2014 and another 13 customers will begin 

digital commerce continues to fuel fundamental changes 

using the application in 2015.

Our heritage Warehouse Management solutions had a 

record number of implementations in 2014. More than 

220 distribution centers began running or upgraded their 

operations using warehouse management solutions from 

Manhattan Associates. This represents all three of our 

solutions, including Warehouse Management for Open 

Systems, SCALE (which runs on Microsoft technologies) 

and our Warehouse Management for IBM. These 220 sites 

span six continents, and represent a wide array of industries 

in the relationships and interactions between buyers and 

brands. Ecommerce sales grew about 20% in 2014 to nearly 

$1.6 trillion representing only 9% of all retail sales, and 

are currently projected to grow about 15% compounded 

annually through 2018. Mobile and tablet ecommerce 

adoption represents a significant part of the growth with 

U.S. ecommerce sales projected to double to $500 billion by 

2020. We continue to be one of the few companies to make 

bold, organic investments in innovation to capitalize on the 

emerging omni-channel growth era. 

from fashion retail to food distribution to third-party logistics.

For the past few years, I have shared with you my views on 

Demand for our Transportation solutions continued to be 

quite strong again this year. Despite historically low fuel 

prices, specific industry conditions, such as driver shortages 

and hours of service regulations, are driving increased 

management focus on efficiency and optimization. As a 

result, our Transportation Management Solutions (TMS) had 

an excellent year delivering a record number of go-lives and 

upgrades. We are convinced that the number of upgrades 

reflects our ongoing commitment to innovation. In 2014 

we introduced our Transportation Modeling module that 

enables companies to model their network policies—defining 

static routes, store sourcing, and day-of-week shipping—to 

optimize and drive efficiencies.

the commerce revolution and the impact it is having on our 

lives, on our economy, and on our company. In 2014, the 

transformation clearly kicked into “high gear” as consumers 

and brands made meaningful progress in negotiating the 

balance between the physical world of stores and digital 

world of ecommerce. Through this acceleration, companies 

around the globe began shifting from talking about and 

experimenting with the commerce revolution to acting on 

it and investing in it. Forrester Research analyst Peter Sheldon 

remarked in a blog post that omni-channel OMSs have 

“blossomed and turned into the must-have technology for 
almost every eBusiness leader.”1 Manhattan Associates was 
well positioned this year to capture the market as omni-

channel went mainstream, showing significant market traction 

We have a long heritage in optimizing customer supply 

and taking market share from even the largest competitors. 

chains and driving profitability. With meaningful replacement 

cycles occurring and a large legacy solutions market, we 

believe the prospects for growth and increasing market share 

are quite positive in 2015 and beyond.

1Peter Sheldon, Forrester Research, Inc., “Announcing The Forrester Wave™: 
Omnichannel Order Management, Q3 2014,” July 29, 2014

Among our solutions in this space, both our Enterprise Order 

Management and Store Inventory & Fulfillment modules 

saw tremendous success. During 2014, the combination of 

Order Management and Store Fulfillment powered more than 

1,300 new stores performing fulfillment, with over 10,000 

additional stores on the doorstep. These stores are now 

fulfilling shipments from store orders, offering buy-online/

pick-up-in-store orders, and, in some cases, managing 

perpetual store inventory using our solutions. The positive  

sales lift attributable to fulfilling from stores is simply massive, 

with a number of our customers indicating a 25% ecommerce 

Business Model Overview
Manhattan Associates designs, develops, deploys, and 

sales lift when leveraging store inventory to fulfill demand. We 

supports comprehensive software solutions that solve the 

were first to provide an end-to-end solution for this business 

market’s most complex and impactful commerce challenges. 

process; our strong win rates in omni-channel can be traced 

In this year’s Annual Report, we have included an introduc-

back to our early mover advantage in this arena and the 

tion to our new solution footprint that elucidates our value 

organic innovation investments we started in 2008. 

to the market. Our solutions cover a broad range of 

In August of this year we acquired the assets of Global Bay 

business capabilities:

Technologies, providing the foundation of our Mobile Point of 

Sale (mPOS) solutions. Continuing the early movement and 

n	 Omni-Channel: Enables all points of selling and service 
to have a common view of customers and inventory, 

new innovation investment, our Strategic Selling Platform, 

with the controls to quickly adapt to changing selling 

which includes mPOS, Clienteling, and Tablet Retailing 

conditions. Mobilizes store associates to deliver high-

applications, will extend our penetration opportunities 

touch selling and service experiences while seamlessly 

into retail stores. Our customers benefit as we combine 

serving as an extension of the fulfillment network.

personalized sales and service capabilities with our Enterprise 

Fulfillment capabilities, allowing them to deliver a highly 

personalized shopping experience—profitably! We debuted 

our first iteration of this combined offering at the National 

Retail Federation show in January 2015, and received positive 

feedback. We intend to continue to build on this momentum 

n	 Inventory: Sets inventory and assortment plans to 
understand customer needs and anticipate variable 

demand across the enterprise. Anticipates and plans for 

demand with channel-specific service levels to balance 

revenue and margins.

as we advance our mission to build unparalleled sales and 

n	 Supply Chain: Streamlines warehouse management 

service capabilities for both store and call center associates. 

processes with robust capabilities to improve order fill 

Our investment strategy is driven by market demand for 

net-new capabilities that currently do not exist in the market. 

Digital selling and omni-channel commerce have transformed 

the way customers shop, and both have raised the bar for 

retailers in how they engage with their customers. Today, 

retail consumers expect store associates to deliver an 

experience that is as engaging, informative, and profitable 

as it is accurate and efficient. To do this, the retailer must 

rates, lower handling costs, and boost resource utilization. 

Controls transportation from procurement to delivery 

across transportation networks to optimize cost and 

service tradeoffs.

As always, we measure our success based on the value we 

deliver for our shareholders, our customers, and our associates.

have the ability to see a complete, omni-channel view of the 

customer; sell any unit of inventory across the entire retail 

For our Shareholders:
n	 Manhattan shareholder return was 38.6% in 2014 

network; and effortlessly handle cross-channel transactions, 

compared to S&P 500 return of 11.4%.

such as returns and exchanges.

The powerful combination of supply chain, omni-channel, and 

n	 Record total revenue of $492 million in 2014 was up 19% 
from the prior year. Our license revenue and services 

inventory brings the customer-ready enterprise to life, and 

business had strong growth in 2014, up 15% and 19% 

represents the future of the customer platform. We believe 

respectively.

that for brands to be truly competitive, the entire enterprise 

must contribute to winning and keeping a customer’s 

business. Making this happen means being flexible enough to 

respond to changing customer expectations about selling and 

n	 Record revenue and solid operating leverage drove record 
full-year adjusted operating profit of $137 million, a 26% 

increase over 2013, and operating margins of 27.8%.

delivery, while maintaining the coordination and control to 

n	 Our adjusted EPS was $1.16, an increase of 26% over 2013.

perform and stay profitable. 

We believe our strategies, innovations, and solutions represent 

n	 Cash flow from operations was $94 million, up 6% from 
2013. Our cash and investments totaled $124 million on 

a notable competitive differentiating capability for both 

December 31, 2014, with $0 in debt. While self-funding 

Manhattan Associates and for our customers, while expanding 

our investments in innovation and people, we continued 

our addressable market. We are convinced the high interest in 

to leverage our strong cash generation, with our share 

our unique approach further validates our strategy. 

repurchase program returning $91 million to you in 2014. 

 
For our Customers:
n	 We continued to focus on innovation by investing an 
additional $49 million in R&D in 2014, bringing our 

Business Outlook
In summary, Manhattan Associates is well positioned for 

another year of strong financial performance and extending 

cumulative investment to $394 million since 2006. Our 

our leadership in Supply Chain Commerce. Our markets 

investments in Supply Chain Commerce solutions continue 

continue to grow and our competitive position strengthens 

to positively impact customers through new revenue 

with each new opportunity. Consistent with our approach last 

opportunities, improved efficiencies, reduced operating 

year, we have planned for a global economy in 2015 similar to 

costs, and lower total cost of ownership.

that experienced in 2014.  

n	 In the new omni-channel world of Supply Chain Commerce, 
we have made substantial investments in our products to 

In our core distribution management market, customers will 

continue to shed legacy technology in exchange for modern 

deliver innovation that meets the demands of this emerging 

systems. Our mission is to leverage every ounce of experience 

market and extends our leadership role. Overall, we 

and skill to maintain our market leadership for every 

introduced 20 new releases in 2014 including new products 

opportunity and for any geography.

on our platform, such as Enterprise Order Management, 

Store Inventory & Fulfillment, Distributed Selling, and Omni-

channel Customer Service. These solutions are key to our 

customers’ future Supply Chain Commerce infrastructures.

In the emerging market of omni-channel, I believe we are at 

an inflection point. As the pragmatists follow the visionaries’ 

lead, new competitors are sure to consider entering the 

market. And, while I expect that we will face our share of 

n	 Our team of expert services professionals supported 353 

challenges, I am confident that Manhattan Associates holds 

“go-lives” across the globe. Many of these implementations 

the strongest possible position given the strength, breadth, 

incorporate the most up-to-date technology, including 

and quality of our solutions. 

mobility and cloud-computing technologies provisioned 

in both public and private environments.

n	 1,300 of our customers’ stores activated their stores to 
serve as fulfillment nodes using our enterprise order 

Beyond omni-channel, we anticipate another new market 

developing over the next few years. It is a market that pivots 

on the customer, not on the transaction or product. It is a 

market where every capability, system, and interaction focuses 

management and store inventory fulfillment capabilities, 

on the customer experience. It is a market that draws in 

with an additional 10,000 stores up next.

existing enterprise systems, such as distribution management, 

n	 We hosted our customers at Momentum®, our annual user 
conference, where nearly 1,100 supply chain professionals 

inventory, and order management, along with customer 

systems to deliver a complete customer platform.

came together to share experiences and participate in our 
growth as a company.  

We continue to capitalize on emerging market trends and 

benefit from our market leadership position. We intend to 

continue to invest in innovative solutions and in our associates 

For our Associates:
n	 We continue to attract the best and the brightest profes-
sionals to our organization. Our customers frequently tell 

to serve our customers, extend our competitive advantage, 

and increase customer satisfaction. I am proud to be a part 

of the Manhattan Associates team, and look forward to the 

  us that one key differentiator for Manhattan Associates is 

opportunities ahead. Thank you for your continued confidence 

the quality, caliber, and creativity of our people.

in Manhattan Associates and your support. 

n	 Globally, we grew the organization by 10% to about 2,770 

associates—all focused on delivering exceptional 

  customer service.

Sincerely, 

Eddie Capel 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
In 2014 Manhattan Associates experienced another very successful year, 

delivering value to our Shareholders, our Customers, and our Associates. 

Financial Highlights                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                               Year Ended December 31,

2013 
                                                                                                                                                     (in thousands except per share data)
  Statement of Income Data (annual): 

2014

License revenue 

Total revenue 

Net income  

Adjusted net income  (1) 

GAAP diluted earnings per share (2) 

 Adjusted diluted earnings per share (1) (2) 

  Balance Sheet Data (at December 31): 

 Cash, cash equivalents and investments  

Total assets  

Debt 

Shareholders’ equity 

 $  62,416  

 $  71,583  

 414,518  

 492,104  

 67,296  

 72,023  

 0.86  

 0.92  

 82,000  

 88,201  

 1.08  

 1.16  

 $132,956  

 $124,438  

 297,828  

 318,170  

 -  

 -  

 181,586  

 182,023  

(1)  The  non-GAAP  financial  measures  adjusted  operating  income, 
adjusted  net  income,  and  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share 
exclude  amortization  of  acquisition-related  intangibles,  equity-based 
compensation,  unusual  items  such  as  restructuring  charges,  recovery 
of  previously  impaired  investment,  and  sales  tax  recoveries,  net  of 
tax  effects  and  unusual  tax  adjustments.  A  reconciliation  of  GAAP  to 
adjusted results can be found in the Investor Relations section of our 
website at www.manh.com. Non-GAAP financial measures should not 
be  used  as  a  substitute  for,  or  considered  superior  to,  measures  of 
financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.   

(2)  On December 19, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a four-for-
one stock split of the Company’s Common Stock, effected in the form 
of a stock dividend. All references made to shares or per share amounts 
have been restated to reflect the effect of this four-for-one stock split for 
all periods presented.    

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                               
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
04

Solutions
Overview

“…I have seen the 
company [Manhattan 
Associates] successfully 
transition from mostly 
warehouse management 
to an evenly balanced 
vendor, thanks in large 
part to the roaring 
success of their order 
management—a solution 
in the right place at the 
right time if ever I’ve 
seen one.”

—Nikki Baird, 
Retail Systems
Research, 2014

On Being 
Commerce-Ready

Digital commerce has forever 

To succeed in today’s market, 

To better illustrate this, 

changed the ways companies 

brands must strike a balance 

we’ve introduced a new way 

vie to win the business and 

between flexibility and control, 

to categorize our product 

loyalty of customers.

a position of competitive 

portfolio. We see the three 

advantage we call being 

areas of Omni-Channel, 

Selling channels and fulfillment 

Commerce-Ready. 

Inventory and Supply Chain 

methods are diversifying 

as the most significant 

in a race to differentiate. 

We believe that for brands to 

contributors to building the 

Every industry now feels the 

be truly competitive, the entire 

Commerce-Ready Enterprise. 

impact of rising omni-channel 

enterprise must contribute 

Over the next few pages, we 

customer expectations—

to winning and keeping the 

delve into each of these areas 

while retailers feel this most 

customer’s business. Making 

to explain market forces and 

acutely, digital’s ability to 

this happen means being 

our approach.

lower switching costs has 

flexible enough to respond 

raised the bar for visibility and 

to changing customer 

service among manufacturers, 

expectations about selling and 

wholesalers and logistics 

delivery—while maintaining 

service providers alike. 

the coordination and control to 

perform and stay profitable. 

For many companies, increased 

competition has resulted 

in lower selling prices amid 

increased expenditures to drive 

differentiation—and the victim 

has often been profitability.

06

Inventory
Solutions

“If I had to point to 
the single greatest 
opportunity for gross 
margin expansion, it will 
be the deployment of 
inventory optimization…”

—Steven L. Spinner, 
United Natural
Foods, 2014

Solving
Tomorrow’s 
Inventory
Challenges

Inventory optimization centers 

Bureau’s Trade Survey, merchant 

on taking historical information, 

wholesalers in 2014 saw the 

pairing it with current data, and 

highest seasonally adjusted 

applying that knowledge to 

inventories/sales ratio since 

predicting the most profitable 

2008. These distributors require 

inventory strategy. While 

tools with more advanced 

both retailers and wholesale 

algorithms to improve inventory 

distributors face evolving 

turns, while retaining the 

challenges today with inventory 

usability to allow inventory 

and impacts on margins, these 

managers to act quickly.

pressures are manifested in 

different ways for each industry.  

For retailers, the impact of 
omni-channel is a leading 

cause of investment in 

inventory optimization 

technology. Inventory 

Manhattan’s Inventory 
Solutions support margin 
improvement across both 

industries by taking into 

account the influence of 

omni-channel, by improving 

the science used to forecast 

managers’ carefully laid 

demand, and by establishing 

plans are being disrupted 

optimal inventory buying and 

by variability in customer 

replenishment rules. These 

demand across selling and 

capabilities are differentiated in 

fulfillment channels. Planners 

the market, thanks to a unique 

and merchandisers are in 

combination of best-in-class 

need of tools to help improve 

expertise and close integration 

collaboration with their 

with our industry-leading Order 

counterparts in ecommerce 

Management and Warehouse 

and store operations 

Management products.

divisions—tools that help 

improve the profitability of 

omni-channel operations. 

In wholesale, the challenges 
focus on performance and 

profitability in an environment 

where customers’ switching 

costs are lower than ever. 

According to the U.S. Census 

Better math and 
science. 
According to the U.S. 
Census Bureau, 2014 
saw some of the 
highest wholesale 
and retail inventories/
sales ratios since the 
recession, indicating 
a growing need for 
better inventory 
optimization 
solutions.

A new world of 
mobile possibilities.
In a survey of supply 
chain professionals 
conducted by 
Manhattan Associates, 
81% of respondents 
planned to pilot or 
implement mobile 
solutions for 
distribution managers 
in the next two years.

Building on 
Our Heritage

Supply chain technology investment remains 

consistently strong across industries, as the desire 

to expand operations is matched with the need to 

improve profitability. The two areas of supply chain 

growth that have been most remarkable are in 

warehousing and transportation.

In warehousing, the ability of managers to better 
engage employees and quickly react to operational 

issues has been hampered by the lack of robust mobile 

applications. As a result, distribution managers spend 

an inordinate amount of time at their desks, either 

reviewing data or making operational decisions via 

the Warehouse Management system (WMS). A recent 

survey we conducted among supply chain leaders 

found that 81% had plans to pilot or implement mobile 

capabilities within the next two years. 

In transportation, the need to improve visibility of 
shipments, secure freight capacity and model new 

network policies is exposing shippers to the necessity 

for investments in transportation management 

systems (TMS). Further, in industries such as food 

manufacturing where transportation was managed 

largely on homegrown systems or with spreadsheets, 

modernization initiatives are becoming more frequent 

because of the need to lower operating costs.

Our Supply Chain suite of solutions, comprised of 

our Distribution Management and Transportation 
Management products, continues to be well 
positioned to address both of these trends. With 
the release of our Distribution Management Mobile 

application, warehouse managers have the ability to 

view and act on key data anywhere on the distribution 

center floor. Our Transportation Management 

application addresses the needs of a wide variety of 

shippers with capabilities such as Proof of Delivery for 

better in-transit visibility, industry-leading optimization 

algorithms to consolidate freight requirements, and 

a highly differentiated modeling capability that uses 

operational data to recommend network policy 

improvements.

09

Supply Chain
Solutions

“Through Manhattan’s 
solutions, we gain the 
ability to organize and 
optimize warehouse 
operations and 
warehouse logistics 
and integrate domestic 
transportation 
efficiencies, creating a 
seamless, complementary 
process to support our 
business goals.” 

—John Adamson,
Floor & Decor, 2014

“As a long-term partner of 
Sinopharm, Manhattan’s 
world-class supply chain 
commerce solutions have 
helped us strengthen our 
supply chain, allowed us to 
get closer to our customers 
and enabled the business 
to continue growing. The 
Manhattan technology will 
also help us to stay one 
step ahead of intensifying 
competition and grow our 
market share.” 

—Song Jun, 
Sinopharm, 2014

 Anticipating Retail’s 
 Next Decade of Growth

1 0

Omni-Channel
Central
Solutions

As retailers’ ecommerce 

channels to create a more 

bridging mobile app, physical 

platforms reach a state of 

seamless customer experience.

store, website, call center and 

maturity, the focus has turned to 

even social media. As digital 

addressing deeper omni-channel 

Retail interest in omni-channel 

selling and service become 

capabilities across the enterprise. 

As seen in the growing adoption 

technologies is now evolving 
to anticipate the needs and 

more personal through mobile 

technology, millennials will expect 

of our omni-channel solutions 

growing disposable income of 

personalization to extend to all 

in the market, these new 

the millennial shopper. These 

customer touchpoints. To enable 

investments seek to solve the 

digital natives see shopping as 

this expansion of personalized 

complex problems of integrating 

a continuous stream of activity 

selling and service, retailers 

“Manhattan’s success 
with large and innovative 
omni-channel retailers, 
across multiple 
geographies, was 
critical in our selection 
process. Its Enterprise 
Order Management 
solution will become 
the heartbeat of our 
omni-channel operation 
and will drive conversions 
across every point of 
commerce and improve 
customer lifetime value.”  

—Francis Pierrel, 
Devanlay Lacoste, 2014

“The omnichannel 
order management 
space is growing 
because more eBusiness 
professionals see order 
management systems as 
the cornerstone to their 
omni-channel initiatives.“

—Forrester,
The Forrester Wave™: 
Omnichannel Order 
Management, 2014

need a way of centralizing 

Management products—

Central suite is viewed as the 

customers to the ideal units of 

the management of customer 

we’ve kept the requirements 

transactions, inventory data 

of digitally empowered 

and the orchestration of orders 

across the enterprise.

consumers consistently 
in focus. This suite allows 
retailers to create a coherent 

operating system of omni-
channel retail, having become 
the enterprise system of record 

inventory across the network—

our industry-leading solutions 

are well-positioned to support 

for customer transactions, 

retail’s future growth.

inventory and omni-channel 

Over the past decade, as we’ve 

selling, service and fulfillment 

operations. With advancements 

developed our Omni-Channel 

experience across channels. 

such as Available to 

Central solution suite—built on 

Among our growing customer 

Commerce—a capability 

the foundation of our Order 

base, our Omni-Channel 

that allows retailers to match 

Retail convergence has 
arrived. According to 
the U.S. Census Bureau, 
ecommerce sales in 2014 
increased 15.4% over 
2013, while accounting for 
6.5% of total retail sales. 
The convergence of digital 
commerce with physical 
stores has become an 
existential requirement for 
retailers to stay competitive.

Empowering 
the Store 

Associate 1 3

The store is the new front line. 

Juggling new responsibilites 
in the store. According to 
the American Consumer 
Satisfaction Index (ACSI), 
the ecommerce sector 
has improved satisfaction 
4.6%, while the overall retail 
trade has fallen1.4%. As 
stores grapple for sustained 
relevance, the store associate 
must adapt to new processes 
and technologies––far beyond 
the legacy point of sale.

In an environment where brand 

differentiation is becoming 

increasingly difficult due to the 

democratizing effect of digital 

commerce, the physical store still 

stands as the place where consumers 

complete the majority of their 
purchases. Because of this, the store 
has quickly become ground zero 
for retail experimentation.

No one group is more impacted by 

this wave of innovation than 
the store associate, who is now 
expected to be well-versed in 

digital selling, provide cross-channel 

customer service, manage inventory 

and serve as an efficient fulfillment 

specialist—while maintaining 

traditional responsibilities in checkout 

and visual merchandising. 

Our Omni-Channel Store solution 

suite—now expanded with our Point 

of Sale (POS), Clienteling and Tablet 

Retailing products—is positioned as 

the industry’s most comprehensive 

solution set for the modern 
store associate.

While legacy POS systems often 

struggle with enterprise capabilities 

such as network inventory, order 

orchestration and distributed 

fulfillment, ecommerce platforms often 

lack the deep functionality required to 

support in-store transactions. Through 

the combination of omni-channel 

order management, point of sale and 

store fulfillment in a single suite, our 

solutions uniquely provide the basis of 

a comprehensive digital store platform.

Omni-Channel
Local
Solutions

“We are in a very dynamic 
period of commerce 
technology convergence, 
one that is being 
driven by the rapidly 
growing expectations 
of customers. Both 
omnichannel retailers and 
the vendors that supply 
them with solutions are 
also rapidly evolving to 
meet the new needs of 
digital customers, and the 
inevitable victim of this 
disruption will be legacy 
point of sale solutions.”

—Adam Silverman, 
Forrester, 2014

“I can’t imagine a 
better combination 
of technologies and 
applications than the 
marriage of those driving 
the store floor to those 
managing the supply 
chain…Manhattan is 
a better fit, because 
it’s more focused on 
the business side of 
retailing—not just the 
transaction, but the 
before-and-after of the 
transaction—and driving 
transactions and inventory 
turn is what clienteling 
and mobile POS are
all about.” 

—Matt Pillar, Integrated 
Solutions For
Retailers, 2014

1 4         

Financial
Highlights

Dennis Story

Executive Vice President, 

Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

    
Financial Highlights

Year Ended December 31,

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

(in thousands except per share data)

 $  54,450 

$  54,241 

 $  61,494 

 $  62,416 

 $  71,583 

 297,117 

329,253

 376,248 

 414,518 

 492,104 

 28,061 

 35,360 

 0.31 

 0.39 

44,907

49,770

 0.52 

 0.58 

 51,853 

 57,167 

 0.64 

 0.71 

 67,296 

 82,000 

 72,023 

 88,201 

 0.86 

 0.92 

 1.08 

 1.16 

Statement of Income Data (annual):

License revenue

Total revenue

Net income 

Adjusted net income  (1)

GAAP diluted earnings per share (2)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share (1) (2)

Balance Sheet Data (at December 31):

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 $126,869 

 $  99,114 

 $103,047 

 $132,956 

 $124,438 

Total assets 

Debt

 280,464 

 259,600 

 261,813 

 297,828 

 318,170 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Shareholders’ equity

 183,800 

 162,080 

 161,509 

 181,586 

 182,023 

Operating Highlights

(cid:81)  In 2014, total revenue of $492.1 million grew 19% over 2013. 

(cid:81) In 2014, we delivered $137.0 million in adjusted operating income(1).   

(cid:81) In 2014, we achieved record GAAP and adjusted diluted earnings per share (1) (2) of $1.08 and $1.16, respectively.

(cid:81) We generated operating cash flow of $94.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Over the past three years, 

we generated approximately $258.9 million in cash flow from operations.  

(cid:81) Our balance sheet is strong, with $124.4 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments and no debt, providing the 

capacity to invest. 

(cid:81) Of our approximately 2,770 employees, over 90% are focused on extending customer value. 

(1) The non-GAAP financial measures adjusted operating income, adjusted net income, and adjusted diluted earnings per share exclude amortization of acquisition-related intangi-
bles, equity-based compensation, unusual items such as restructuring charges, recovery of previously impaired investment, and sales tax recoveries, net of tax effects and unusual 
tax adjustments.  A reconciliation of GAAP to adjusted results can be found in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.manh.com.  Non-GAAP financial measures 
should not be used as a substitute for, or considered superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(2) On December 19, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a four-for-one stock split of the Company’s Common Stock, effected in the form of a stock dividend. All references made 

to shares or per share amounts have been restated to reflect the effect of this four-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16         

     Manhattan
At A Glance

Founded:  
1990

Nasdaq:  
MANH

Global Customers: 
more than 1,200

Global Deployments: 
353 go-lives in 2014

Supply Chain Focused 
R&D Investment: 
$49 million in 2014; 
$394 million 
since 2006

Employees
Worldwide: 
~2,770
(December 2014)

Core Markets:

Retail

Food/Grocery

Consumer Goods

Logistics 
Service Providers

Life Sciences

Industrial/Wholesale

High Tech/Electronics

Transportation 

Providers

Government

Executive Team

Board of Directors

Eddie Capel
President and Chief Executive Officer*

John J. Huntz, Jr.
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Managing Director, Huntz & Co., LLC

Dennis Story
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer*

Jeff Cashman
Senior Vice President,
Business Development

Jonathan Colehower
Senior Vice President,
Chief Marketing Officer

Terry Geraghty
Senior Vice President,
Chief Human Resources Officer

Bob Howell
Senior Vice President,
Americas*

Bruce Richards
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Legal Officer
and Secretary*

Steve Smith
Senior Vice President,
EMEA and APAC*

* Executive Officers

Brian J. Cassidy
Director
Formerly Co-founder and 
Vice Chairman, Webforia, Inc.

Dan J. Lautenbach
Director
Formerly Chairman,
Witness Systems, Inc.

Thomas E. Noonan
Director
Director and General Manager, 
EnergyWise, Cisco Systems, Inc.

Deepak Raghavan, Ph.D.
Director
Co-founder, Manhattan Associates, Inc.
Adjunct Professor, Physics & Astronomy,
Georgia State University

Peter F. Sinisgalli
Director
Chief Executive Officer, 
Eze Software Group LLC
Formerly President and Chief Executive
Officer, Manhattan Associates, Inc.

Eddie Capel
Director
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Manhattan Associates, Inc.

 
10K

Annual Report
2014

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014  
OR  
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from                      to                       
Commission File Number: 000-23999  

Manhattan Associates, Inc.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Georgia 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization ) 

2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Tenth Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 
( Address of principal executive offices ) 

58-2373424 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

30339 
( Zip Code ) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (770) 955-7070  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No    
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No    
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their 
obligations under those Sections.  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No    
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. 
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No    
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2014 was 
$2,586,402,912, which was calculated based upon a closing sales price of $34.43 per share of the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global 
Select Market on the same day. As of January 31, 2015, the Registrant had outstanding 74,234,464 shares of Common Stock.  

   
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 14, 2015 is incorporated by reference in 

Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC.  
Annual Report on Form 10-K  
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014  
Table of Contents  

Item Description 

   Page Number

4
13
20
20
21
21

22
23
24
38
39
63
63
63

64
64
64
64
64

65
66
67

Item Number   
PART I 
Item 1 
Item 1A 
Item 1B 
Item 2 
Item 3 
Item 4 

  Business ............................................................................................................................................................    
  Risk Factors ......................................................................................................................................................    
  Unresolved Staff Comments .............................................................................................................................    
  Properties ..........................................................................................................................................................    
  Legal Proceedings .............................................................................................................................................    
  Mine Safety Disclosures ...................................................................................................................................    

PART II 
Item 5 

Item 6 
Item 7 
Item 7A 
Item 8 
Item 9 
Item 9A 
Item 9B 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ...........................................................................................................................................................    
  Selected Financial Data .....................................................................................................................................    
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............................    
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..........................................................................    
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .................................................................................................    
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ............................    
  Controls and Procedures ...................................................................................................................................    
  Other Information .............................................................................................................................................    

PART III      
Item 10 
Item 11 
Item 12 
Item 13 
Item 14 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ................................................................................    
  Executive Compensation ...................................................................................................................................    
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ..........    
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..................................................    
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ...........................................................................................................    

PART IV      
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ..........................................................................................................    
Item 15 
Signatures ..............................................................................................................................................................................    
Exhibit Index .........................................................................................................................................................................    

Exhibit 10.2d Third Amendment to Lease Agreement 
Exhibit 10.2e Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement 
Exhibit 10.2f Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement 
Exhibit 10.2g Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement 
Exhibit 21.1 List of Subsidiaries  
Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP  
Exhibit 31.1 Section 302 Certification of Principal Executive Officer  
Exhibit 31.2 Section 302 Certification of Principal Financial Officer  
Exhibit 32 Section 906 Certification of CEO and CFO  
Exhibit 101  

2 

  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements  

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report may contain “forward-looking statements” relating to Manhattan 
Associates, Inc. Such forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as 
“may,” “expect,” “forecast,” “guidance,” “intend,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “should,” and similar 
terminology. Investors and prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future 
performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such 
forward-looking statements. Among the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by 
such forward-looking statements are changes in the supply chain environment, delays in product development, undetected software 
errors, technical difficulties, availability of technical personnel, changes in customer requirements, competitive pressures, market 
acceptance, the impact of acquisitions, and general economic conditions. Additional factors are set forth in the “Risk Factors” in 
Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed 
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results.  

3 

 
 
Item 1. 

Business  

Overview  

PART I  

Manhattan Associates was founded in 1990 in Manhattan Beach, California and incorporated in Georgia in 1998. References in this 

filing to the “Company,” “Manhattan,” “Manhattan Associates,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Manhattan Associates, Inc., our 
predecessors, and our wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices are located at 2300 Windy Ridge 
Parkway, Tenth Floor, Atlanta, Georgia 30339, and our telephone number is 770-955-7070.  

We develop, sell, deploy, service and maintain software solutions designed to manage supply chains, inventory and omni-channel 

operations for retailers, wholesalers, manufacturers, logistics providers and other organizations. Our customers include many of the 
world’s premier and most profitable brands.  

Specifically, Manhattan Associates solutions help our customers in three distinct areas, as depicted by our solution footprint:  

•  Supply Chain - Manhattan solutions provide companies across industries the tools needed to manage distribution and 
optimize transportation costs throughout the entire network.  Manhattan provides shippers the most comprehensive 
transportation management solutions in the market.  This includes moving freight via the most cost-effective means 
possible while also meeting service level expectations.  Likewise, Manhattan’s Warehouse Management solutions are 
widely regarded as industry leading systems designed to optimize productivity and throughput in distribution centers and 
warehouses around the world. 

•  Omni-Channel - Meeting ever-evolving consumer expectations of service, inventory availability and delivery convenience 
is a challenge every retailer must meet head on.  Manhattan’s Omni-Channel solutions provide both ‘central’ or corporate 
solutions that manage inventory availability across all channels and locations as well as ‘local’ solutions deployed in retail 
stores to empower store associates to satisfy the demands of the walk-in shopper and the online customer.  

• 

Inventory - Manhattan solutions provide distributors of any finished goods (apparel, food, auto parts, pharmaceuticals, 
etc.) the ability to forecast demand, determine when, where and how much inventory is needed and translate this into a 
profitable inventory buying plan.  Through the use of advanced science and sophisticated analytics, customer service level 
is maximized with the minimum necessary inventory investment.  Industry changes driven by omni-channel retail, 
pharmaceutical regulations and other trends make this an area of particular need for many retailers and wholesale 
distributors. 

4 

 
 
 
 
Manhattan Associates’ Software Solution Portfolios  

Our portfolio of solutions takes a platform-based approach to the following key areas.  This approach implies a single, holistic 

technology architecture that provides customers with three major benefits: 

•  Cross-Functional Business Solutions - By virtue of shared data, taxonomy and interfaces, a platform solution enables the 
organization to tackle business challenges that might otherwise be too technically daunting to achieve.  For instance, the 
ability to apportion freight, labor, inventory handling and overhead costs across the supply chain to determine an item’s 
total cost to serve (TCO) for an end customer normally requires a massive integration and harmonization effort.  With a 
platform like Manhattan’s, this is simply another module that taps into a readily available pool of data in the supply chain 
and inventory solutions. 

•  Total Cost of Ownership - For IT executives, a platform enables TCO through consistency.  A single set of tools to 

administrate security, resource management, system configuration and integration across all three functional disciplines 
allows for economies of scale within IT departments.  The use of standard technologies, development tools and languages 
also ensures needed technical skills are readily available in the marketplace. 

•  The Power of Shared Components - When an organization has multiple disparate systems, there are frequently redundant 
capabilities found across the enterprise.  Examples include yard management, parcel shipping and inventory visibility.  
The consequences of duplicate systems range from the simple confusion brought on by different naming conventions to 
the expensive and complex data becoming out of sync, resulting in missed appointments, chargebacks and similar.   

Manhattan Associates’ Software Solution Modules  

The specific modules available within the overall portfolio are depicted in the diagram below. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
Supply Chain Solutions  

As previously described, Supply Chain solutions are focused on the distribution and transportation operations of the enterprise.  

There are four main components of Manhattan’s Supply Chain Solutions: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Distribution Management - These applications comprise Manhattan’s Warehouse Management Solutions (WMS) commonly 
used to manage the complexity of the modern warehouse.  They manage the flow of goods and information across the 
distribution center.  The complete distribution management suite not only includes capabilities focused on execution within the 
distribution center, but also on the management of personnel, performance and the overall distribution center layout.  All of 
these solutions come together to provide the customer the most productive workforce with an operation that can scale to meet 
the highest demands during peak season, yet can still operate effectively and profitably throughout the course of the year. 

Transportation Management - Organizations today face a complex transportation environment with ever-changing demands 
driven by macro-economic trends and governmental regulations.  Manhattan’s Transportation Management Solutions (TMS) 
are designed to help shippers navigate their way through these demands while meeting customer service expectations at the 
lowest possible freight costs.  Components include procurement and modeling tools to setup a network that can be successful, 
along with planning, execution and settlement tools to manage day-to-day transportation requirements. 

Supply Chain Convergence - Unique to Manhattan’s platform approach are a set of common components that for most 
solutions are either in a WMS or a TMS.  These include tools designed to manage the scheduling of appointments with carriers 
and suppliers as well as oversee operations of the yard.   

Visibility - Crucial to effective supply chain management is visibility into the movement of goods between locations in the 
supply chain and outside the enterprise’s realm of control.  Manhattan provides world-class visibility and event management 
tools that not only provide alerts to when events occur in the supply chain, but also when they don’t occur (such as missing a 
vessel overseas) that can have a cascading effect on production lines, freight and most importantly, customer commitments.   

Omni-Channel Solutions  

As omni-channel retail has placed new demands on organizations, it has also created new software solution needs.  These 

demands range from the ability to leverage inventory across the entire network to meet any demand, to providing store associates and 
call center representatives the means to take advantage of that available inventory.   

  Omni-Channel Central Solutions - There is a wide range of new capabilities that must be leveraged at a corporate or 

‘central’ level in retail today.  The goal is to enable an omni-channel commerce platform that can be tapped into by any selling 
system—webstore, ERP, point-of-sale, call center, mobile app, etc.  Manhattan’s Enterprise Inventory builds out a complete 
inventory availability picture that can be updated in near-real time with feeds from the warehouse, the store and the network.  
Enterprise Order Management merges this inventory availability data with demand feeds from across the organization to match 
supply with demand in a way that satisfies customer delivery expectations while also striving to maximize profitability.  
Lastly, the Call Center application provides representatives access to this inventory picture as well as complete customer sales 
history to satisfy shopper needs, regardless of whether it is an exchange, a return or a new order. 

  Omni-Channel Local Solutions - Just as the consumer enters the store with more information than ever, it is now vital to 

equip the sales associate with all relevant information and capabilities to satisfy that shopper’s every demand.  Local solutions 
include mobile Point of Sale to process any purchase transactions, Clienteling to provide the associate with a complete picture 
of the shopper’s purchase history, and Tablet Retailing to offer a virtual showroom.  When all of these solutions come together 
on a single mobile platform, retailers are able to offer unparalleled service and convenience for the shopper.   

Also an important part of Local solutions are Store Inventory and Fulfillment.  Most retailers are now looking to leverage store 
inventory to fulfill ecommerce demand (driving greater sales revenue with less inventory).  In order to achieve this, solutions 
that can maintain inventory integrity and enable productive, reliable fulfillment are required.   

Inventory Solutions  

The ability to accurately forecast demand and project inventory needs is only heightened by omni-channel retail requirements that 
change traditional approaches to inventory management.  Manhattan’s Inventory solutions address both the questions of what products 
should be carried and how much is needed at what locations and dates.   

  Inventory Optimization - This set of applications includes sophisticated demand forecasting capabilities that can address the 

particularly challenging slow-moving and intermittent products that frequently result in excess inventory due to 
unpredictability.  Also included is the Replenishment module that can evaluate inventory needs across all locations and 
channels.  This module can even suggest transferring inventory between locations (warehouses or stores) or ‘protect’ 
merchandise at a store from online sales in order to save it for walk-in traffic.   

6 

 
 
  Planning - Manhattan’s Planning solutions provide merchants the tools they need to create channel-, store- or region-specific 
assortments.  These tools offer channel-specific metrics and methodologies that optimize the planning process and maximum 
retailer revenues.    

Manhattan SCALETM  

SCALE is our portfolio of logistics execution solutions built on Microsoft’s .NET® platform. Purpose built for rapid development 

and a value based total cost of ownership, it is targeted toward companies with execution-focused supply chain needs that require 
speed-to-value, resource-light system configuration and maintenance, and the ability to quickly scale their logistics operations up or 
down in response to market fluctuations or business requirement changes. SCALE combines the features of Trading Partner 
Management, Yard Management, Optimization, Warehouse Management and Transportation Execution.  

Because SCALE leverages a common platform, solutions share common data elements and each user can access all applications 
through a single sign-on. Users also can set up “dashboards” that enable easy access to real-time information most relevant to their 
jobs. SCALE’s ease of deployment, operation and support make it a popular choice for organizations operating in countries with 
emerging and developing economies, and where technical support resources are limited.  

Technology Platform 

Our solutions operate across Unix, IBM System i, Linux and Microsoft’s .NET computing platforms, as well as on multiple 
hardware platforms and systems. Because supply chain solutions necessarily interact with other business operation systems, our 
solutions are designed to interoperate with software from other providers as well as with a company’s existing legacy systems. This 
interfacing and open system capability enables customers to continue using existing computer resources and to choose among a wide 
variety of existing and emerging computer hardware and peripheral technologies. We provide an integration framework to facilitate 
rapid and reliable integration to any Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) or host business systems (including certified integration to 
both SAP and Microsoft Dynamics AX).  We also offer certain of our solutions in both on-premise software and cloud computing 
models so that customers can select the option that best meets their requirements for control, flexibility, cost of ownership, and time-
to-deployment. 

Professional Services  

We advise and assist our customers in planning and implementing our solutions through our global Professional Services 

Organization. To ensure long-term successful customer relationships, consultants assist customers with the initial deployment of our 
systems, the conversion and transfer of the customer’s historical data onto our systems, and ongoing training, education, and system 
upgrades. We believe our Professional Services teams enable customers to implement our solutions knowledgeably and in the 
appropriate amount of time, help customers achieve expected results from system investments, continuously identify new 
opportunities for supply chain advancements, and meaningfully add to our industry-specific knowledge base to improve future 
implementations and product innovations.  

Substantially all of our customers utilize some portion of our Professional Services to implement and support our software 

solutions. Professional Services typically are rendered under time and materials contracts, with services billed by the hour. 

7 

 
 
 
 
Professional Services sometimes are rendered under fixed-fee contracts, with payments due on specific dates or milestones. We 
believe that increased sales of our software solutions will drive higher demand for our Professional Services.  

We believe our Professional Services team delivers deep supply chain domain expertise to our customers through industry-specific 
“best-practices” protocols and processes developed through the collective knowledge we have gained from 25 years of implementing 
our supply chain solutions worldwide. We also extensively train our consulting personnel on supply chain operations and on our 
solutions.  

Business consultants, systems analysts, and technical personnel assist customers in all phases of implementing our systems, 

including planning and design, customer-specific module configuration, on-site implementation- or conversion from existing systems, 
and integration with customer systems such as Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), web- and mobile-based commerce platforms, and 
Material Handling Equipment (MHE) systems. At times, third-party consultants, such as those from major systems integrators, assist 
our customers with certain implementations.  

Customer Support Services and Software Enhancements  

We offer a comprehensive program that provides our customers with software upgrades for additional or improved functionality 

and technological advances incorporating emerging supply chain and industry initiatives. Over the past three years, our annual 
renewal rate of customers subscribing to comprehensive support and enhancements has been greater than 90%. We are able to 
remotely access customer systems to perform diagnostics, provide on-line assistance, and facilitate software upgrades. We offer 24-
hour customer support every day of the year, plus software upgrades for an annual fee that is paid in advance and is based on the 
solutions the customer has and the service level required. Software upgrades are provided under this program on a when-and-if- 
available basis.  

Training  

We offer training in a structured environment for new and existing users. Training programs are provided at fixed fees per-person, 
per-class, and cover topics such as (but not limited to) solution use, configuration, implementation, and system administration. Several 
computer-based training programs can be purchased for a fixed fee for use at client sites.  

Hardware Sales  

Along with software licenses, and as a convenience for our customers, we resell a variety of hardware developed and manufactured 

by others, including (but are not limited to) computer hardware, radio frequency terminal networks, RFID chip readers, bar code 
printers and scanners, and other peripherals. We resell all third-party hardware products and related maintenance pursuant to 
agreements with manufacturers or through distributor-authorized reseller agreements pursuant to which we are entitled to purchase 
hardware products and services at discount prices and to receive technical support in connection with product installations and any 
subsequent product malfunctions. We do not maintain hardware inventory as we generally purchase hardware from vendors only after 
receiving related customer orders.  

Strategy  

Our objective is to extend our position as the leading global commerce solutions provider for organizations intent on creating and 

sustaining market advantages through technology-enabled commerce solutions. Our solutions help global distributors, wholesalers, 
retailers, logistics providers and manufacturers successfully manage accelerating and fluctuating market demands, as well as master 
the increasing complexity and volatility of their local and global supply chains. We believe our solutions are advanced, highly 
functional and highly scalable. They are designed to enable organizations to: create customer experiences consistent with their brand 
values; improve relationships with suppliers, customers and logistics providers; leverage investments across supply chain functions; 
effectively generate revenue and manage costs; and meet dynamically changing customer requirements. We believe our solutions are 
uniquely positioned to holistically optimize the way companies bring together omni-channel, supply chain and inventory management:  

Develop and Enhance Software Solutions. We intend to continue to focus our research and development resources on enhancing 
our Supply Chain, Omni-Channel Commerce and Inventory Solutions. We offer what we believe to be the broadest and most richly-
featured software portfolio in the marketplace. To continuously expand functionality and value, we plan to continue to provide 
enhancements to existing solutions and to introduce new solutions to address evolving industry standards and market needs. We 
identify these opportunities through our Product Management, Professional Services, Customer Support and Account Management 
organizations, through interactions such as ongoing customer consulting engagements and implementations, sessions with our solution 
user groups, association with leading industry analyst and market research firms, and participation on industry standards and research 
committees. Our solutions address needs in various vertical markets, including retail, consumer goods, food and grocery, logistics 
service providers, industrial and wholesale, high technology and electronics, life sciences and government. We intend to continue to 
enhance our solutions to meet the dynamic requirements of these and new vertical markets as business opportunities dictate.  

8 

 
Expand International Presence. We believe our solutions offer significant benefits to customers in markets outside the United 

States, and for organizations with global operations. We have offices in Australia, China, France, India, Japan, the Netherlands, 
Singapore, and the United Kingdom, as well as representatives in Mexico and reseller partnerships in Latin America, Eastern Europe, 
the Middle East, South Africa, and Asia. Our Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA) operations support sales, implementation 
services, and customer support functions for customers in Europe as well as a number of customers across the Middle East, 
concentrated in countries we consider politically and economically stable. Our Asia Pacific (APAC) operations service emerging 
opportunities in China, Southeast Asia, and India, as well as more established markets in Japan, Australia and New Zealand. Our 
international strategy includes leveraging the strength of our relationships with current U.S. and Europe-based customers that also 
have significant international operations.  

Strategic Alliances and Indirect Sales Channels. We currently sell our products primarily through our direct sales personnel, and 
through partnership agreements with a select number of organizations in emerging markets where we do not currently have a direct 
sales presence. We have worked on joint projects and joint sales initiatives with industry-leading consultants and software systems 
implementers, including most of the large consulting firms and other systems consulting firms specializing in our targeted industries, 
to supplement our direct sales force and professional services organization. We expand our indirect sales channels through reseller 
agreements, marketing agreements, and agreements with third-party logistics providers. These alliances extend our market coverage 
and provide us with new business leads and access to trained implementation personnel.  

Acquire or Invest in Complementary Businesses. We continuously evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities of technologies, 
solutions, and businesses that are consistent with our platform-based strategy and enable us to enhance and expand our offerings. 
Preferred acquisition targets are those that would be complementary to our existing solutions and technologies, expand our geographic 
presence and distribution channels, extend our presence into additional vertical markets with challenges and requirements similar to 
those we currently serve, and further solidify our leadership position within the primary components of supply chain planning and 
execution.  

Sales and Marketing  

We employ multi-disciplinary sales teams that consist of professionals with industry experience in sales and technical sales 

support. To date, we have generated the majority of our software sales (licensing) revenue through our direct sales force. We plan to 
continue to invest in our sales, services, and marketing organizations within the United States, EMEA, and APAC, and to pursue 
strategic marketing partnerships. We conduct comprehensive global marketing programs that include prospect profiling and targeting, 
lead generation, public relations, analyst relations, trade show attendance and sponsorships, supply chain conference hosting, online 
marketing, joint promotion programs with vendors and consultants, and ongoing customer communication programs.  

Our sales cycle typically begins with the generation of a sales lead — through in-house telemarketing efforts, targeted promotions, 

web inquiries, trade show presence, speaking engagements, hosted seminars, or other means of referral — or the receipt of a request 
for proposal from a prospective customer. Leads are qualified and opportunities are closed through a process that includes telephone-
based assessments of requirements; responses to requests for proposals, presentations and product demonstrations, site visits and/or 
reference calls with organizations already using our supply chain solutions, and contract negotiations. Sales cycles vary substantially 
from opportunity to opportunity, but typically require nine to twelve months.  

In addition to new customer sales, we plan to continue to leverage our existing customer base to drive revenue from system 

upgrades, sales of additional licenses of purchased solutions, and sales of new or add-on solutions. To efficiently penetrate emerging 
global markets, we leverage indirect sales channels, including sales through reseller agreements, marketing agreements, and 
agreements with third-party logistics providers. To extend our market coverage, generate new business leads, and provide access to 
trained implementation personnel, we leverage strategic alliances with systems integrators skilled at implementing our solutions. 
Business referrals and leads are positively influenced by systems integrators, which include most of the large consulting firms and 
other systems consulting firms specializing in our targeted industries.  

Our Manhattan Value Partner (Manhattan MVP™) and Manhattan GeoPartner™ programs foster joint sales and marketing with 

other organizations. Manhattan Value Partners are proven software and hardware providers, trusted third-party integrators and 
consultants who bring added value to customer engagements through vertical industry knowledge or technical specialization. 
Manhattan MVPs support and complement our supply chain solutions so we can provide customers with a comprehensive approach 
that is suited to their business requirements. This collaborative program is designed to benefit both Manhattan and our partners 
through tailored joint marketing, sales and, in some cases, co-development efforts. Among others, Manhattan MVPs include IBM, 
Deloitte, Kurt Salmon, Microsoft, and Motorola. Manhattan GeoPartners represent a select group of companies that sell and 
implement our solutions in specific geographies around the world, each providing valuable localized expertise to meet customer needs 
in areas such as Western Europe, Eastern Europe, Russia, the Middle East, Latin America, Africa, and the Asia Pacific region.  

9 

 
Customers  

To date, our customers have been suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and logistics providers in a variety of industries. 
Our top five customers (new or pre-existing) in the aggregate accounted for 10%, 11%, and 12% of total revenue for the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2014, 
2013, or 2012.  

Product Development  

We focus our development efforts on new product innovation and adding new functionality to existing solutions, integrating our 
various solution offerings, enhancing the operability of our solutions across our Supply Chain Process Platform and across distributed 
and alternative hardware platforms, operating systems, and database systems. We believe that our future success depends, in part, on 
our ability to continue to enhance existing solutions, to respond to dynamically changing customer requirements, and to develop new 
or enhanced solutions that incorporate new technological developments and emerging supply chain and industry standards. To that 
end, development frequently focuses on base system enhancements and incorporating new user requirements and features into our 
solutions. As a result, we deliver packaged, highly configurable solutions with increasingly rich functionality rather than custom-
developed software. We also deliver interface toolkits for many major ERP systems to enhance communication and improve data 
flows between our core solutions and our clients’ host systems.  

We leverage internal and external scientific advisors to inform our solution strategies and research and development approaches 
with the most advanced thinking on supply chain opportunities, challenges, and technologies. Our internal research team is comprised 
of Ph.D.-credentialed math and science experts who work on creating and solving algorithms and other constructs that advance the 
optimization capabilities and other aspects of our solutions. We also regularly communicate with and are advised by experts from 
leading educational institutions known for their supply chain disciplines, and practitioners from organizations deploying supply chain 
technology in innovative and market-advancing ways. Together, our research team and external advisors inform both the practical 
business approaches and the mathematical and scientific inventiveness of our solutions.  

We conduct most research and development internally in the U.S. and India to retain domain knowledge and to promote 

programming continuity standards. However, we may periodically outsource some projects that can be performed separately and/or 
that require special skills. We also use third-party translation companies to localize our application software into various languages 
such as, but not limited to, Chinese, French, Japanese, and Spanish.  

Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $49.0 million, $44.5 million, 

and $44.7 million, respectively. We intend to continue to invest significantly in product development.  

Competition  

Our solutions are solely focused on enterprise commerce capabilities, which have been consolidating rapidly, are intensely 
competitive, and are characterized by rapid technological change. The principal competitive factors affecting the markets for our 
solutions include: industry expertise; company and solution reputation; company viability; compliance with industry standards; 
solution architecture; solution functionality and features; integration experience, particularly with ERP providers and material 
handling equipment providers; ease and speed of implementation; proven return on investment; historical and current solution quality 
and performance; total cost of ownership; solution price; and ongoing solution support structure. We believe we compete favorably 
with respect to each of these factors.  

Our competitors are diverse and offer a variety of solutions directed at various aspects of the supply chain, as well as at the 

enterprise as a whole. Our existing competitors include:  

  Corporate information technology departments of current or potential customers capable of internally developing solutions;  
  ERP vendors, including Oracle, SAP, and Infor, among others;  
  Supply chain execution vendors, including JDA Software Group, Inc. (JDA), HighJump Software Inc., and the Sterling 

Commerce division of IBM, among others;  

  Supply chain planning vendors, including JDA and SAS Institute Inc., among others; and  
  Smaller independent companies that have developed or are attempting to develop supply chain execution solutions and/or 

planning solutions that apply in specific countries and/or globally.  

We anticipate facing increased competition from ERP and supply chain management (SCM) applications vendors and business 
application software vendors that may broaden their solution offerings by internally developing or by acquiring or partnering with 
independent developers of supply chain planning and execution software. Some of these ERP and other potential competitors have 
longer operating histories; significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources; greater name recognition; broader 

10 

 
solutions; and larger installed bases of customers than us. To the extent that ERP and SCM vendors or other large competitors develop 
or acquire systems with functionality comparable or superior to ours, their larger customer bases, long-standing customer 
relationships, and ability to offer broader solutions outside the scope of supply chain could create significant competitive advantage 
for them. It also is possible that new competitors or alliances among current and/or new competitors could emerge to win significant 
market share. Increased competition could result in price reductions, fewer customer orders, reduced earnings and margins and loss of 
market share. In turn, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial 
condition.  

We believe we have established meaningful competitive advantages through our supply chain expertise; our platform-based 
solution approach; our track record of continuous supply chain innovation and investment; our strong and endorsing customer 
relationships; our significant success in deploying and supporting supply chains for market-leading companies; and our ability to out-
execute others in identifying sales opportunities and demonstrating expertise throughout the sales cycle. However, to further our 
market success, we must continue to respond promptly and effectively to technological change and competitors’ innovations. 
Consequently, we cannot assure that we will not be required to make substantial additional investments in research, development, 
marketing, sales and customer service efforts in order to meet any competitive threat, or that we will be able to compete successfully 
in the future.  

International Operations; Segments  

We have three reporting segments, based on geographic location: the Americas; Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and 

Asia Pacific (“APAC”). For further information on our segments, see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements. Our 
international revenue was approximately $134.6 million, $110.8 million, and $104.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 
2013, and 2012, respectively, which represents approximately 27%, 27%, and 28% of our total revenue for the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. International revenue includes all revenue derived from sales to customers outside 
the United States. We now have approximately 1,470 employees in our International operations.  

Proprietary Rights  

We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trade secret, trademark, and trade dress laws, confidentiality procedures, and 
contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights in our products, processes and technology. We have registered trademarks for 
Manhattan Associates and the Manhattan Associates logo, as well as a number of our products and features. Generally we enter into 
confidentiality and assignment-of-rights agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and potential customers and limit 
access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. We license our proprietary products to our customers under license 
agreements that we believe contain appropriate use and other restrictions in order to try to best protect our ownership of our products 
and our proprietary rights in them, and to protect our revenue potential from our products. However, despite our efforts to safeguard 
and maintain our proprietary rights, we cannot ensure that we will successfully deter misappropriation, unintended disclosure or 
independent third-party development of our technology or our proprietary rights or information. Policing unauthorized use of our 
products is difficult, and, while we are unable to determine the extent to which piracy of our software solutions exists, as is the case 
with any software company, piracy could become a problem. Further, to the extent that we enter into transactions in countries where 
intellectual property laws are not well developed or are poorly enforced, our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may be 
ineffective. Whether we seek to enforce our proprietary rights in the U.S. or abroad, our efforts, including litigation to enforce our 
rights, can result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and such efforts, or our failure to succeed in such efforts, could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, regardless of the final outcome.  

As the number of supply chain management solutions available in the marketplace increases and solution functionality continues to 

overlap, supply chain software may increasingly become subject to claims of infringement or other misappropriation of intellectual 
property. Third parties may assert infringement or misappropriation claims against us relating to our products, processes or 
technology. Such claims, whether or not they have merit, generally are time-consuming and may result in costly litigation, divert 
management’s attention or cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements. Defense of 
infringement or other misappropriation claims, entering into royalty or licensing agreements, the unavailability of such agreements, or 
adverse determinations in proprietary rights litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash 
flow and financial condition.  

Employees  

At December 31, 2014, we employed approximately 2,770 employees worldwide, of which 1,310 are based in the Americas, 190 in 

EMEA, and 1,270 in APAC (including India).  

11 

 
Available Information  

We file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or 

the “Commission”). These materials can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., 
Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may also be obtained by mail at prescribed rates from the SEC’s Public Reference 
Room at the above address. Information about the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 
The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information 
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.  

On our website, www.manh.com, we provide free of charge our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, 
Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments thereto, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been electronically filed 
or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our website is not part of this Form 10-K or our other filings with the SEC.  

Additionally, our code of business conduct and ethics and the charters of the Audit, Compensation, and Nomination and 

Governance Committees of the Board of Directors are available on our website.  

12 

 
 
 
 
Item 1A. 

Risk Factors  

You should consider the following and other risk factors in evaluating our business or an investment in our common stock. The 
occurrence of adverse events described in the following risk factors or other adverse events not described in the following risk factors 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition, and could cause the 
trading price of our common stock to decline.  

Economic, political and market conditions can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial 
condition, including our revenue growth and profitability, which in turn could adversely affect our stock price. Our business is 
influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control and that we have no comparative advantage in forecasting. These include:  

  general economic and business conditions;  
  overall demand for enterprise software and services;  
  governmental policy, budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities;  
  general geo-political developments; and  
  currency exchange rate fluctuations.  

Macroeconomic developments like the continued slow pace of economic recovery in the United States and Europe and in parts of 
Asia and South America could negatively affect our business, operating results, financial condition and outlook, which, in turn, could 
adversely affect our stock price. Any general weakening of, and related declining corporate confidence in, the global economy or the 
curtailment in government or corporate spending could cause current or potential customers to reduce or eliminate their information 
technology budgets and spending, which could cause customers to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or 
cause customers not to pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services.  

In addition, political unrest in places like Ukraine and its potential impact on global stability, terrorist attacks and the potential for 
other hostilities in various parts of the world, potential public health crises and natural disasters continue to contribute to a climate of 
economic and political uncertainty that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including our revenue 
growth and profitability.  

If our data protection or other security measures are compromised and as a result our data, our customers’ data or our IT 

systems are accessed improperly, made unavailable, or improperly modified, our products and services may be perceived as 
vulnerable, our brand and reputation could be damaged, the IT services we provide to our customers could be disrupted, and 
customers may stop using our products and services, all of which could reduce our revenue and earnings, increase our 
expenses and expose us to legal claims and regulatory actions. Our products and services can store, retrieve, manipulate and 
manage our customers’ information and data as well as our own. We have a reputation for secure and reliable software products and 
services and invest time and resources in protecting the integrity and security of our products, services and internal and external data 
that we manage.  

Nevertheless, we encounter attempts by third parties to penetrate or bypass our data protection and other security measures and 
gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems and data or compromise the confidential information or data of our customers. Data 
may also be accessed or modified improperly as a result of employee or supplier error or malfeasance and third parties may attempt to 
fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information.  

These risks are persistent and likely will increase as we continue to grow our cloud offerings and services and store and process 
increasingly large amounts of our customers’ confidential information and data. We also may acquire companies, products, services 
and technologies and inherit such risks when we integrate these acquisitions within Manhattan.  

If a cyber-attack or other security incident described above were to  occur, we could suffer damage to our brand and reputation, 

which could reduce our revenue and earnings, increase our expenses to address and fix the incidents as well as expose us to legal 
claims and regulatory actions. 

Further, as regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase and become more complex, these potential risks to our business 

will intensify. Changes in laws or regulations associated with the enhanced protection of certain types of sensitive data could greatly 
increase our cost of providing our products and services.  

Our software may contain undetected errors or “bugs” resulting in harm to our reputation which could adversely impact 
our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Software products as complex as those offered by us might 
contain undetected errors or failures when first introduced or when new versions are released,. Despite testing, we cannot ensure that 
errors will not be found in new products or product enhancements after commercial release,. Any errors could cause substantial harm 
to our reputation, result in additional unplanned expenses to remedy any defects, delay the introduction of new products, result in the 

13 

 
loss of existing or potential customers, or cause a loss in revenue. Further, such errors could subject us to claims from our customers 
for significant damages, and we cannot assure you that courts would enforce the provisions in our customer agreements that limit our 
liability for damages. In turn, our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition could be materially adversely 
affected.  

We may not be able to continue to successfully compete with other companies. We compete in markets that are intensely 

competitive and are expected to become more competitive as current competitors expand their product offerings. Our current 
competitors come from many segments of the software industry and offer a variety of solutions directed at various aspects of the 
extended supply chain, as well as the enterprise as a whole. We face competition for product sales from:  

  corporate information technology departments of current or potential customers capable of internally developing solutions;  
  ERP vendors, including Oracle, SAP, and Infor, among others;  
  supply chain execution vendors, including JDA Software Group, Inc. (JDA), HighJump Software Inc., and the Sterling 

Commerce division of IBM, among others;  

  supply chain planning vendors, including JDA and SAS Institute Inc., among others; and  
  smaller independent companies that have developed or are attempting to develop supply chain execution solutions and/or supply 

chain planning solutions that apply in specific countries and/or globally.  

We anticipate facing increased competition from ERP and supply chain management (SCM) applications vendors and business 
application software vendors that may broaden their solution offerings by internally developing or by acquiring or partnering with 
independent developers of supply chain planning and execution software. Some of these ERP and other potential competitors have 
longer operating histories, significantly more financial, technical, marketing, and other resources, greater name recognition, broader 
solutions, and larger installed bases of customers than do we. To the extent that ERP and SCM vendors or other large competitors 
develop or acquire systems with functionality comparable or superior to ours, their larger customer bases, long-standing customer 
relationships, and ability to offer broader solutions outside the scope of supply chain could create significant competitive advantage 
for them. It also is possible that new competitors or alliances among current and/or new competitors could emerge to win significant 
market share. Increased competition could result in price reductions, fewer customer orders, reduced earnings and margins, and loss of 
market share. In turn, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial 
condition.  

We believe the domain expertise required to continuously innovate supply chain technology in our target markets, effectively and 
efficiently implement solutions, identify and attract sales opportunities, and compete successfully in the sales cycle provides us with a 
competitive advantage and is a significant barrier to market entry. However, in order to be successful in the future, we must continue 
to respond promptly and effectively to technological change and competitors’ innovations, and consequently we cannot assure you 
that we will not be required to make substantial additional investments in connection with our research, development, marketing, 
sales, and customer service efforts in order to meet any competitive threat, or that we will be able to compete successfully in the 
future. Some of our competitors have significant resources at their disposal, and the degree to which we will compete with their new 
innovative products in the marketplace is undetermined.  

Our operating results are substantially dependent on one line of business. We continue to derive our revenues from sales of 
our supply chain solutions software and related services and hardware. Any factor adversely affecting the markets for supply chain 
solutions could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Accordingly, our 
future operating results will depend on the demand for our supply chain products and related services and hardware by our customers, 
including new and enhanced releases that we subsequently introduce. We cannot guarantee that the market will continue to demand 
our current products or we will be successful in marketing any new or enhanced products. If our competitors release new products that 
are superior to our products in performance or price, demand for our products may decline. A decline in demand for our products as a 
result of competition, technological change, or other factors would reduce our total revenues and harm our ability to maintain 
profitability.  

Our operating results are difficult to predict and could cause our stock price to fall. Our quarterly revenue and operating 
results are difficult to predict and can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. If our quarterly revenue or operating results fall 
below the expectations of investors or public market analysts, the price of our common stock could fall substantially. Our quarterly 
revenue is difficult to forecast for several reasons, including the following: global macro-economic disruptions; credit and equity 
market disruptions, which can significantly impact capital availability and spend timing of customers or potential customers; the 
varying sales cycle for our products and services from customer to customer, including multiple levels of authorization required by 
some customers; the varying demand for our products; customers’ budgeting and purchasing cycles; potential deferral of license 
revenue well after entering into a license agreement due to extended payment terms, including, although infrequent, payment terms in 
a contract extending beyond twelve months, significant software modifications, future software functionality deliverables not on a 
stand-alone basis, or other negotiated terms that preclude software revenue recognition under U.S. general accepted accounting 
principles; delays in our implementations at customer sites; timing of hiring new services employees and the rate at which these 

14 

 
employees become productive; timing of introduction of new products; development and performance of our distribution channels; 
and timing of any acquisitions and related costs.  

As a result of these and other factors, our license revenue is difficult to predict. Because our revenue from services is largely 

correlated to our license revenue, a decline in license revenue could also cause a decline in our services revenue in the same quarter or 
in subsequent quarters. In addition, an increase or decrease in hardware sales, which provide us with lower gross margins than sales of 
software licenses or services, may cause variations in our quarterly operating results.  

Most of our expenses, including employee compensation and rent, are relatively fixed. In addition, our expense levels are based, in 
part, on our expectations regarding future revenue increases. As a result, any shortfall in revenue in relation to our expectations could 
cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter and could result in quarterly losses. As a result of these 
factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our revenue levels and operating results are not necessarily meaningful. 
Historical growth rates and historical quarterly revenue and operating results may not be a good indicator of future operating results 
and reliance on historical results should not be used to predict our future performance.  

Our future revenue is dependent on continuing license sales, which in turn drive sales of post-contract support and 
professional services. We are dependent on our new customers as well as our large installed customer base to purchase additional 
software licenses, post-contract support, and professional services from us. Our post-contract support agreements are generally for a 
one-year term and our professional services agreements generally only cover a particular engagement. In future periods customers 
may not license additional products, and in turn may not renew post-contract support agreements or purchase additional professional 
services from us. If our customers decide not to license or purchase these products and services from us, or if they reduce the scope of 
their post-contract support or hosting or professional services agreements, our revenue could decrease significantly, and that could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.  

In addition, many of our customers are using older versions of our products for which we are no longer developing any further 
upgrades or enhancements. While we intend to migrate our customers who are using these versions to newer versions or products, 
there can be no assurance that these customers will do so. If customers using older versions of our products decide not to license our 
current software products, or decide to discontinue the use of our products and associated post-contract support services, our revenue 
could decrease and our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  

We may encounter long sales cycles, particularly with our larger customers, which could have an adverse effect on the 

amount, timing, and predictability of our revenue, adversely affecting our business, results of operations, cash flow, and 
financial condition. Our products have lengthy sales cycles, which typically extend from nine to twelve months and may take up to 
several years. Potential and existing customers, particularly larger enterprise customers, often commit significant resources to an 
evaluation of available solutions and services and require us to expend substantial time and resources in connection with our sales 
efforts. The length of our sales cycles also varies depending on the type of customer to which we are selling, the product being sold, 
and customer requirements. We may incur substantial sales and marketing expenses and expend significant management effort during 
this time, regardless of whether we make a sale. Many of the key risks relating to sales processes are beyond our control, including: 
our customers’ budgetary and scheduling constraints; the timing of our customers’ budget cycles and approval processes; our 
customers’ willingness to replace their currently deployed software solutions; and general economic conditions.  

As a result of these lengthy and uncertain sales cycles of our products and services, it is difficult for us to predict when customers 
may purchase products or services from us, thereby affecting when we can recognize the associated revenue, and our operating results 
may vary significantly and may be adversely affected. The length of our sales cycle makes us susceptible to having pending 
transactions delayed or terminated by our customers if they decide to delay or withdraw funding for IT projects. Our customers may 
decide to delay or withdraw funding for IT projects for various reasons, including, but not limited to, global economic cycles and 
capital market fluctuations.  

Delays in implementing our products could adversely impact our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial 
condition. Due to the size and complexity of most of our software implementations, our implementation cycle can be lengthy and may 
result in delays. Our products may require modification or customization and must integrate with many existing computer systems and 
software programs of our customers. This can be time-consuming and expensive for customers and can result in implementation and 
deployment delays of our products. Additional delays could result if we fail to attract, train, and retain services personnel, or if our 
alliance companies fail to commit sufficient resources towards implementing our software. These delays and resulting customer 
dissatisfaction could limit our future sales opportunities, impact revenue, and harm our reputation.  

Our pricing models may need to be modified due to price competition. The competitive markets in which we operate may 
oblige us to reduce our prices in order to contend with the pricing models of our competitors. If our competitors discount certain 
products or services, we may have to lower prices on certain products or services in order to attract or retain customers. Any such 
price modifications would likely reduce margins and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow, and 
financial condition. 

15 

 
Our technology must be advanced if we are to remain competitive. The market for our products is characterized by rapid 
technological change, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer demands, and evolving industry 
standards. Our existing products could be rendered obsolete if we fail to continue to advance our technology. We have also found that 
the technological life cycles of our products are difficult to estimate, partially because of changing demands of other participants in the 
supply chain. We believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to continue to enhance our current product 
line while we concurrently develop and introduce new products that keep pace with competitive and technological developments. 
These developments require us to continue to make substantial product development investments. Although we are presently 
developing a number of product enhancements to our product sets, we cannot assure you that these enhancements will be completed 
on a timely basis or gain customer acceptance.  

Our ability to license our software is highly dependent on the quality of our services offerings, and our failure to offer high 

quality services could adversely impact our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Most of our 
customers rely to some extent on our professional services to aid in the implementation of our software solutions. Once our software 
has been installed and deployed, our customers may depend on us to provide them with ongoing support and resolution of issues 
relating to our software. Therefore, a high level of service is critical for the continued marketing and sale of our solutions. If we or our 
partners do not efficiently and effectively install and deploy our software products, or succeed in helping our customers quickly 
resolve post-deployment issues, our ability to sell software products to these customers would be adversely affected and our reputation 
in the marketplace with potential customers could suffer.  

Our failure to manage the growth of our operations may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow, and 

financial condition. We plan to continue to increase the scope of our operations domestically and internationally. This growth may 
place a significant strain on our management systems and resources. We may further expand domestically or internationally through 
internal growth or through acquisitions of related companies and technologies. If we fail to maintain continuity in our executive 
officers; develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; attract, retain, train, and motivate our employees; improve 
our operational, financial, and management controls; and maintain adequate reporting systems and procedures and our management 
and information control systems, our business, results of operations, and cash flow could be negatively impacted.  

Our international operations have many associated risks. We continue to strategically manage our presence in international 

markets, and these efforts require significant management attention and financial resources. We may not be able to successfully 
penetrate international markets, or, if we do, there can be no assurance that we will grow our business in these markets at the same rate 
as in North America. Because of these inherent complexities and challenges, lack of success in international markets could adversely 
affect our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition.  

We have international offices in Europe: the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, and France; and in Asia: China, Japan, Singapore, 
and India; and Australia. We have committed resources to maintaining and further expanding, where appropriate, our sales offices and 
sales and support channels in key international markets. However, our efforts may not be successful. International sales are subject to 
many risks and difficulties, including those arising from the following: building and maintaining a competitive presence in new 
markets; staffing and managing foreign operations; managing international systems integrators; complying with a variety of foreign 
laws; producing localized versions of our products; import and export restrictions and tariffs; enforcing contracts and collecting 
accounts receivable; unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some 
countries; potential adverse tax treatment; less stringent adherence to ethical and legal standards by prospective customers in some 
countries; language and cultural barriers; currency fluctuations; political and economic instability abroad; and seasonal fluctuations.  

Our operating results may include foreign currency gains and losses. Due to our international operations, we conduct a portion 
of our business in currencies other than the United States dollar. Our revenues, expenses, operating profit and net income are affected 
when the dollar weakens or strengthens in relation to other currencies. In addition, we have a large development center in Bangalore, 
India, that does not have a natural in-market revenue hedge to mitigate currency risk to our operating expense in India. Fluctuations in 
the value of other currencies, particularly the Indian rupee, could materially impact our revenues, expenses, operating profit and net 
income.  

We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities. As a multinational corporation, we are subject to income taxes in the U.S. 
and various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our global provision for income taxes and other tax 
liabilities. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many intercompany transactions and calculations where the ultimate 
tax determination is uncertain. Our income tax returns are routinely subject to audits by tax authorities. Although we regularly assess 
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine our tax estimates, a final determination of tax 
audits or tax disputes could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Also, the earnings 
of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. If our plans change in the future or if we elect to repatriate the 
unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to additional income taxes 
which would result in a higher effective tax rate.  

16 

 
In addition, our future effective tax rates could be favorably or unfavorably affected by changes in tax rates, changes in the 
valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation. Such changes could have a material 
adverse impact on our financial results.  

We are also subject to non-income taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and goods and services taxes 

in the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. We are regularly under audit by tax authorities with respect to these non-income taxes 
and may have exposure to additional non-income tax liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, 
financial condition and cash flows.  

Fluctuations in our hardware sales may adversely impact our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial 

condition. A portion of our revenue in any period is from the resale of a variety of third-party hardware products to purchasers of our 
software. However, our customers may purchase these hardware products directly from manufacturers or distributors rather than from 
us. We view sales of hardware as non-strategic. We perform this service to our customers seeking a single source for their supply 
chain needs. Hardware sales are difficult to forecast and fluctuate from quarter to quarter, leading to unusual comparisons of total 
revenue and fluctuations in profits. If we are unable to maintain or grow our hardware revenue, our business, results of operations, 
cash flow, and financial condition may be adversely affected.  

Our research and development activities may not generate significant returns. Our product development activities are costly, 

and recovering our investment in product development may take a significant amount of time, if it occurs at all. We anticipate 
continuing to make significant investments in software research and development and related product opportunities because we 
believe that we must continue to allocate a significant amount of resources to our research and development activities in order to 
compete successfully. We cannot estimate with any certainty when we will, if ever, receive significant revenues from these 
investments.  

Our liability to clients may be substantial if our systems fail, which could adversely impact our business, results of 

operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Our products are often critical to the operations of our customers’ businesses and 
provide benefits that may be difficult to quantify. If our products fail to function as required, we may be subject to claims for 
substantial damages. Courts may not enforce provisions in our contracts that would limit our liability or otherwise protect us from 
liability for damages. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s time and attention. 
Although we maintain general liability insurance and error and omissions coverage, these coverages may not continue to be available 
on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover claims against us. In addition, our insurer may disclaim coverage as to any future 
claim. If claims exceeding the available insurance coverage are successfully asserted against us, or our insurer imposes premium 
increases or large deductibles or co-insurance requirements on us, then our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial 
condition could be adversely affected.  

We incorporate third-party software in our solutions, the failure or unavailability of which could adversely affect our 
ability to sell, support, and service our products. We incorporate and include third-party software into and with certain of our 
products and solutions and expect to continue to do so. The operation of our products could be impaired if there are defects in that 
third-party software. It may be difficult for us to correct any defects in third-party software because the development and maintenance 
of the software is not within our control. Such defects could adversely affect our business.  

In addition, there can be no assurance that these third parties will continue to make their software available to us on acceptable 

terms, or at all; not make their products available to our competitors on more favorable terms; invest the appropriate levels of 
resources in their products and services to maintain and enhance the capabilities of their software; or remain in business. Any 
impairment in our relationship with these third parties or our ability to license or otherwise use their software could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition.  

The use of open source software in our products may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property, 

which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Some of our products use or 
incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable 
and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a 
component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open 
source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on 
unfavorable terms or at no cost. This can subject previously proprietary software to open source license terms.  

While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, processes, and technology and try to ensure that no open 
source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related product or solution, such use could 
inadvertently occur. Additionally, if a third-party software provider has incorporated open source software into software we license 
from them for use in our products and solutions, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our 
products and solutions. This could harm our intellectual property position and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations, cash flow, and financial condition.  

17 

 
If we are unable to develop software applications that interoperate with computing platforms developed by others, our 
business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition may be adversely affected. We develop software applications 
that interoperate with operating systems, database platforms, and hardware devices developed by others, which we refer to collectively 
as computing platforms. If the developers of these computing platforms do not cooperate with us or we are unable to devote the 
necessary resources so that our applications interoperate with those computing platforms, our software development efforts may be 
delayed and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. When new or updated versions of these computing 
platforms are introduced, it is often necessary for us to develop updated versions of our software applications so that they interoperate 
properly with these computing platforms. We may not accomplish these development efforts quickly or cost-effectively, and it is 
difficult to predict what the relative growth rates of adoption of these computing platforms will be. These development efforts require 
substantial investment, the devotion of substantial employee resources, and the cooperation of the developers of the computing 
platforms. For some computing platforms, we must obtain some proprietary application program interfaces from the owner in order to 
develop software applications that interoperate with the computing platforms. Computing platform providers have no obligation to 
assist in these development efforts. If they do not provide us with assistance or the necessary proprietary application program 
interfaces on a timely basis, we may experience delays or be unable to expand our software applications into other areas.  

The computing platforms we use may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Any loss of the right to 

use any of these systems could result in delays in the provision of our products and services, and our results of operations may be 
adversely affected. Defects in computing platforms could result in errors or failure of our products, which could harm our business.  

Our inability to attract, integrate, and retain management and other personnel could adversely impact our business, results 
of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Our success greatly depends on the continued service of our executives, as well as 
our other key senior management, technical personnel, and sales personnel. Our success will depend on the ability of our executive 
officers to work together as a team. The loss of any of our senior management or other key professional services, research and 
development, sales and marketing personnel—particularly if they are lost to competitors—could impair our ability to grow our 
business. We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our executive officers.  

Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract, retain, and motivate highly skilled employees. We face 
significant competition for individuals with the skills required to perform the services we offer, and thus we may encounter increased 
compensation costs that are not offset by increased revenue. In the broader technology industry in which we compete for talented 
hires, there is substantial and continuous competition for engineers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and 
managing software, as well as competition for sales executives and operations personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to 
attract and retain sufficient numbers of these highly skilled employees or motivate them. Because of the complexity of the supply 
chain market, we may experience a significant time lag between the date on which technical and sales personnel are hired and the time 
at which these persons become fully productive.  

Our growth is dependent upon the successful development of our direct and indirect sales channel mix. We believe that our 
future growth also will depend on further developing and maintaining a successful direct sales force and strategic relationships with 
systems integrators and other technology companies. We invest significant resources to maintain and develop our sales channels. Our 
investment could adversely affect our operating results if these efforts do not generate license and service revenue necessary to offset 
the investment. Also, our inability to partner with other technology companies and qualified systems integrators could adversely affect 
our results of operations. Because lower unit prices are typically charged on sales made through indirect channels, a disproportionate 
increase in indirect sales could reduce our average selling prices and result in lower gross margins. In addition, sales of our products 
through indirect channels typically do not generate consulting services revenue for us at the same levels as direct sales, as the third-
party systems integrators generally provide these services. Similarly, indirect sales typically do not generate the same levels of direct 
contact between our associates and those of our customer, and we may have more difficulty accurately forecasting sales, evaluating 
customer satisfaction, and recognizing emerging customer requirements. In addition, these systems integrators and third-party 
software providers may develop, acquire, or market products competitive with our products.  

Our strategy of marketing our products directly to customers and indirectly through systems integrators and other technology 

companies may result in distribution channel conflicts. Our direct sales efforts may compete with those of our indirect channels and, to 
the extent different systems integrators target the same customers, systems integrators may also come into conflict with each other. 
Any channel conflicts that develop may have a material adverse effect on our relationships with systems integrators or harm our 
ability to attract new systems integrators.  

Our employee retention and hiring may be hindered by immigration restrictions, which could adversely impact our 
business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Foreign nationals who are not U.S. citizens or permanent 
residents constitute a significant part of our professional U.S. workforce. Our ability to hire and retain these workers, and their ability 
to remain and work in the U.S. are impacted by laws and regulations as well as by processing procedures of various government 
agencies. Changes in laws, regulations, or procedures may adversely affect our ability to hire or retain such workers and may affect 
our costs of doing business and/or our ability to deliver services.  

18 

 
Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights could adversely impact our business, results of operations, cash 
flow, and financial condition. Our success and ability to compete is dependent in part upon our proprietary technology. There are no 
assurances that we will be able to protect our proprietary rights against unauthorized disclosure or third-party copying or use. We rely 
on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements, licensing arrangements, 
and contractual commitments, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, 
existing copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret laws afford only limited protection. In addition, the laws of certain foreign 
countries do not protect our rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse 
engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Any infringement of our proprietary 
rights could negatively impact our future operating results. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult, and 
litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, or to determine the 
validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. In turn, our 
business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  

Our liability for intellectual property claims can be costly and result in the loss of significant rights, which could adversely 

impact our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. It is possible that third parties will claim that we 
have infringed their current or future products, inventions, or other intellectual property. We expect that supply chain software 
developers like us will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products grows. Any claims, with or without 
merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays, or require us to pay monetary damages or to 
enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could negatively impact our operating results. There are no assurances that 
these royalty or licensing agreements, if required, would be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. We also may be required to 
indemnify our customers for damages they suffer as a result of such infringement. There are no assurances that legal action claiming 
patent infringement will not be commenced against us, or that we would prevail in litigation given the complex technical issues and 
inherent uncertainties in patent litigation. If a patent claim against us were successful and we could not obtain a license on acceptable 
terms or license a substitute technology or redesign the product or feature to avoid infringement, we may be prevented from 
distributing our software or required to incur significant expense and delay in developing non-infringing software. Any of these events 
could seriously harm our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition.  

Mergers or other strategic transactions involving our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our 

revenue. Our competitors have been consolidating, which may make them more formidable competitors to us. Competing with 
stronger companies may cause us to experience pricing pressure and loss of market share, either of which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition. Our competitors may establish or strengthen 
their cooperative relationships with vendors, systems integrators, third-party consulting firms, or other parties. Established companies 
may not only develop their own products but may also acquire or partner with our current competitors. If any of these events occur, 
our revenue and profitability could significantly decline.  

Our business, results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition may be adversely affected if we cannot integrate 
acquired companies or manage joint ventures. We may from time to time acquire companies with complementary products and 
services. These acquisitions will expose us to increased risks and costs, including those arising from the following: assimilating new 
operations and personnel; diverting financial and management resources from existing operations; and integrating acquired 
technologies. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue from any of these acquisitions to offset the associated acquisition 
costs.  

We will also be required to maintain uniform standards of quality and service, controls, procedures, and policies. Our failure to 
achieve any of these standards may hurt relationships with customers, employees, and new management personnel. In addition, future 
acquisitions may result in additional issuances of stock that could be dilutive to our shareholders.  

Many acquisition candidates have significant intangible assets, and an acquisition of these businesses would likely result in 

significant amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill and certain other intangible assets are not amortized to income, 
but are subject to at least annual impairment reviews. If the acquisitions do not perform as planned, future charges to income arising 
from such impairment reviews could be significant. Likewise, future quarterly and annual earnings could be significantly adversely 
affected. In addition, these acquisitions could involve acquisition-related charges, such as one-time acquired research and development 
charges.  

We may also evaluate joint venture relationships with complementary businesses. Any joint venture we enter into would involve 
many of the same risks posed by acquisitions, particularly the following: risks associated with the diversion of resources; the inability 
to generate sufficient revenue; the management of relationships with third parties; and potential additional expenses.  

Our business may require additional capital. We may require additional capital to finance our growth or to fund acquisitions or 
investments in complementary businesses, technologies or product lines. Our capital requirements may be impacted by many factors, 
including: demand for our products; the timing of and extent to which we invest in new technology; the timing of and extent to which 
we acquire other companies; the level and timing of revenue; the expenses of sales and marketing and new product development; the 

19 

 
success and related expense of increasing our brand awareness; the cost of facilities to accommodate a growing workforce; the extent 
to which competitors are successful in developing new products and increasing their market share; and the costs involved in 
maintaining and enforcing intellectual property rights.  

To the extent that our resources are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public 
or private financing. However, additional funding, if needed, may not be available on terms attractive to us, or at all. In addition, since 
we have historically financed our growth through cash flow from operations and available cash, our relative inexperience in accessing 
the credit or capital markets may impair our ability to do so if the need arises. Our inability to raise capital when needed could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition. If additional funds are raised through 
the issuance of equity securities, the percentage ownership of our company held by our current shareholders would be diluted.  

Fires or other catastrophic events at our principal facilities could cripple our business.  Fires, natural disasters or other 
catastrophic events, particularly those effecting our Atlanta headquarters [or India research and development center], may cause 
damage or disruption to our operations, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. Our business operations are subject to 
interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics and other events beyond our control. Although we maintain crisis 
management and disaster response plans, such events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our services to our 
customers. 

Our ability to maintain and develop our brand is critical for our continued success. The brand identity we have developed has 

significantly contributed to the continued success of our business. Our ability to maintain and develop our brand is critical in 
expanding our base of customers, partners and employees. Our brand will depend largely on our ability to remain a technology leader 
and continue to provide high-quality innovative products, services, and features. Significant investments may be required in order to 
maintain and develop our brand. However, the investments may later be proven to be unsuccessful. If we fail to maintain and develop 
our brand, or if we incur excessive expenses in our efforts to do so, our business, operating results and financial condition may be 
materially and adversely affected. 

Our stock price has been highly volatile. The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly since our initial 
public offering in April 1998. In addition, the trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to 
various factors, including: global macro-economic contraction impacting demand for supply chain solutions; quarterly variations in 
operating results; announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors; developments with respect to 
patents or proprietary rights; changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; and mergers, acquisitions, and combinations 
involving our competitors or us.  

During 2014, we repurchased approximately $91.1 million of Manhattan Associates’ outstanding common stock under the share 

repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors throughout the year. In January 2015, our Board of Directors approved 
raising our remaining share repurchase authority to $50.0 million of Manhattan Associates outstanding common stock.  

In addition, the stock market has recently experienced volatility that has particularly affected the market prices of equity securities 

of many technology companies. The volatility often has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those 
companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.  

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws and Georgia law may inhibit a takeover of our company. Our basic corporate 

documents and Georgia law contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover of our company. These 
provisions might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in the control of our company or a change in our management. These 
provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors and take 
other corporate actions. The existence of these provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future 
for shares of our common stock.  

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments  

As of December 31, 2014, we do not have any unresolved SEC staff comments.  

Item 2. 

Properties  

Our principal administrative, sales, marketing, support, and research and development facility is located in approximately 221,000 
square feet of modern office space in Atlanta, Georgia. Substantially all of this space is leased to us through September 30, 2025. We 
have additional offices under multi-year agreements in Indiana and New Jersey. We also occupy facilities outside of the United States 
under multi-year agreements in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, France, China, Singapore, India, and Australia. We also occupy 
offices under short-term agreements in other geographical regions. We believe our office space is adequate to meet our immediate 
needs; however, we may expand into additional facilities in the future.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings  

From time to time, we may be a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, and we could be a party to 
legal proceedings not in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceeding the result of 
which it believes could have a material adverse impact upon its business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.  

Many of our installations involve products that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses. Any failure in our products 

could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure. Although we attempt to 
contractually limit our liability for damages arising from product failures or negligent acts or omissions, there can be no assurance that 
the limitations of liability set forth in our contracts will be enforceable in all instances.  

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not applicable.  

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II  

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Market for Common Stock  

On December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a four-for-one stock split of the Company’s common 
stock, effected in the form of a stock dividend. Each shareholder of record at the close of business on December 31, 2013 received 
three additional shares for every outstanding share held on the record date. The additional shares were distributed on January 10, 2014 
and trading began on a split-adjusted basis on January 13, 2014. All references made to share or per share amounts have been restated 
to reflect the effect of this four-for-one stock split for all periods presented.  

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MANH”. The following table sets forth the 

high and low closing sales prices of the common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market for the periods indicated:  

Fiscal Period 
2014 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2013 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

   High Price     Low Price   

$

$

40.49     $ 
36.22       
35.36       
42.38       

18.75     $ 
19.90       
24.02       
30.59       

29.40 
29.68 
28.55 
31.84 

15.09 
17.07 
19.85 
22.88 

On January 31, 2015, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $44.64 per share. 

The number of shareholders of record of our common stock as of January 31, 2015 was approximately 16.  

We do not intend to declare or pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our management anticipates that all earnings and other 

cash resources, if any, will be retained for investment in our business.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The following table provides information regarding our current equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2014:  

Number of 
securities to 
be issued 
upon exercise 
of 
outstanding 
options and 
rights

Weighted-
average 
exercise price 
of outstanding 
options and 
rights 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future 
issuance 
under equity 
compensation 
plans 

1,499,826  $

4.78       

12,936,372 

- 

1,499,826  $

-       
4.78       

- 
12,936,372 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 
   approved by security holders 
Equity compensation plans 
   not approved by security holders 

Total 

Additional information regarding our equity compensation plans can be found in Note 2 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

22 

 
 
 
  
    
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
    
        
 
    
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
Purchase of Equity Securities  

The following table provides information regarding our common stock repurchases under our publicly-announced share repurchase 

program and shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock for the quarter ended December 31, 2014. All repurchases 
related to the share repurchase program were made on the open market.  

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs       

Maximum 
Number (or 
Approximate 
Dollar Value) 
of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 
(a)

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share 
(b)

47,247    $
329,946   $
264,323    $
641,516  $

36.93     
39.40    
40.62     
39.72 

45,379     $ 
329,946        
264,323       
639,648       

48,315,847 
35,315,388 
24,577,591 

Period 
October 1 - October 31, 2014 
November 1 - November 30, 2014 
December 1 - December 31, 2014 

Total 

(a) Includes 1,868 shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock during October. No restricted stock awards vested in 
November and December. These amounts do not include shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock units.  

(b) The average price paid per share for shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock was $32.47. No restricted stock 

awards vested in November and December.  

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased a total of 2,620,118 shares at an average price per share of $34.76 
under our publicly-announced share repurchase program. In January 2015, our Board of Directors approved raising our remaining 
share repurchase authority to $50 million worth of Manhattan Associates outstanding common stock.  

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data  

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and 

related Notes thereto and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included 
elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, and the balance 
sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited financial statements 
included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the balance 
sheet data as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 are derived from audited financial statements not included herein. Historical 
results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future.  

2010 

2011 

Year Ended December 31, 
2012 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2013 

2014 

Statement of Income Data: 
Software license 
Total revenue 
Operating income 
Net income 
Earnings per diluted share 

Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments 
Total assets 
Debt 
Shareholders' equity 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

54,450  $
297,117  $
41,927  $
28,061  $
0.31  $

54,241  $
329,253  $
61,363  $
44,907  $
0.52  $

61,494     $ 
376,248     $ 
80,073     $ 
51,853     $ 
0.64     $ 

62,416    $
414,518    $
101,287    $
67,296    $
0.86    $

71,583
492,104
127,124
82,000
1.08

2010 

2011 

December 31, 
2012 
(in thousands) 

2013 

2014 

126,869  $
280,464  $
-  $
183,800  $

23 

99,114  $
259,600  $
-  $
162,080  $

103,047     $ 
261,813     $ 
-     $ 
161,509     $ 

132,956    $
297,828    $
-    $
181,586    $

124,438 
318,170 
- 
182,023 

 
  
 
   
   
 
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

All statements, trend analyses, and other information contained in the following discussion relative to markets for our products and 

trends in revenue, gross margins, and anticipated expense levels, as well as other statements including words such as “anticipate,” 
“believe,” “plan,” “estimate,” “expect,” and “intend” and other similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements. These 
forward-looking statements are subject to business and economic risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the caption 
“Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, and our actual results of operations may differ materially from those contained in the 
forward-looking statements.  

Business Overview  

We develop, sell, deploy, service and maintain software solutions designed to manage supply chains, inventory and omni-channel 

operations for retailers, wholesalers, manufacturers, logistics providers and other organizations. Our customers include many of the 
world’s most premier and profitable brands.  

Specifically, Manhattan Associates solutions help our customers in three distinct areas: 

•  Supply Chain - Manhattan solutions provide companies across industries the tools needed to manage distribution and optimize 
transportation costs throughout the entire network.  Manhattan provides shippers the most comprehensive transportation 
management solutions in the market.  This includes moving freight via the most cost-effective means possible while also 
meeting service level expectations.  Likewise, Manhattan’s Warehouse Management solutions are widely regarded as industry 
leading systems designed to optimize productivity and throughput in distribution centers and warehouses around the world. 

•  Omni-Channel - Meeting ever-evolving consumer expectations of service, inventory availability and delivery convenience is a 
challenge every retailer must meet head on.  Manhattan’s Omni-Channel solutions provide both ‘central’ or corporate solutions 
that manage inventory availability across all channels and locations as well as ‘local’ solutions deployed in retail stores to 
empower store associates to satisfy the demands of the walk-in shopper and the online customer.  

• 

Inventory - Manhattan solutions provide distributors of any finished goods (apparel, food, auto parts, pharmaceuticals, etc.) the 
ability to forecast demand, determine when, where and how much inventory is needed and translate this into a profitable 
inventory buying plan.  Through the use of advanced science and sophisticated analytics, customer service level is maximized 
with the minimum necessary inventory investment.  Industry changes driven by omni-channel retail, pharmaceutical 
regulations and other trends make this an area of particular need for many retailers and wholesale distributors. 

Our business model is singularly focused on the development and implementation of complex supply chain commerce software 
solutions that are designed to optimize supply chain effectiveness and efficiency for our customers. We have three principal sources of 
revenue:  

  licenses of our supply chain software;  
  professional services, including solutions planning and implementation, related consulting, customer training, and customer 

support services and software enhancements (collectively, “services”); and  

  hardware sales and other revenue.  

In 2014, we generated $492.1 million in total revenue, with a revenue mix of: license revenue 15%; services revenue 76%; and 

hardware and other revenue 9%.  

We manage our business based on three geographic regions: Americas, EMEA, and APAC. Geographic revenue is based on the 

location of the sale. Our international revenue was approximately $134.6 million, $110.8 million and $104.4 million for the years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, which represents approximately 27%, 27%, and 28% of our total revenue for 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. International revenue includes all revenue derived from sales to 
customers outside the United States. At December 31, 2014, we employed approximately 2,770 employees worldwide, of which 1,310 
employees are based in the Americas, 190 employees in EMEA, and 1,270 employees in APAC (including India). We have offices in 
Australia, China, France, India, Japan, the Netherlands, Singapore, and the United Kingdom, as well as representatives in Mexico and 
reseller partnerships in Latin America, Eastern Europe, the Middle East, South Africa, and Asia.  

Global Economic Trends and Industry Factors  

Global macro-economic trends, technology spending, and supply chain management market growth are important barometers for 
our business. In 2014, approximately 73% of our total revenue was generated in the United States, 12% in EMEA, and the balance in 

24 

 
 
 
APAC, Canada, and Latin America. In addition, Gartner Inc., an information technology research and advisory company, estimates 
that nearly 80% of every supply chain software solutions dollar invested is spent in North America (50%) and Western Europe (27%); 
consequently, the health of the U.S. and the Western European economies has a meaningful impact on our financial results.  

We sell technology-based solutions with total pricing, including software and services, in many cases exceeding $1.0 million. Our 

software often is a part of our customers’ and prospects’ much larger capital commitment associated with facilities expansion and 
business improvement. We believe that, given the lingering uncertainty in the global macro environment, the current sales cycles for 
large license sales of $1.0 million or greater in our target markets have been extended. The current business climate within the United 
States and geographic regions in which we operate continues to affect customers’ and prospects’ decisions regarding timing of 
strategic capital expenditures. Delays with respect to such decisions can have a material adverse impact on our business, and may 
further intensify competition in our already highly competitive markets.  

In January 2015, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) provided a World Economic Outlook (WEO) update lowering its previous 
2015 world economic growth forecast to about 3.5 percent, downward revision of 0.3 percent relative to the October 2014 WEO. The 
WEO update noted that “global growth will receive a boost from lower oil prices, which reflect to an important extent higher supply, 
but this boost is projected to be more than offset by negative factors, including investment weakness as adjustment to diminished 
expectations about medium-term growth continues in many advanced and emerging market economies. The revisions reflect a 
reassessment of prospects in China, Russia, the euro area, and Japan as well as weaker activity in some major oil exporters because of 
the sharp drop in oil prices. The United States is the only major economy for which growth projections have been raised. ” The WEO 
update projected that advanced economies, which represent our primary revenue markets, would grow at about 2.4 percent in both 
2015 and 2016, while the emerging and developing economies would grow at about 4.3 percent in 2015 and 4.7 percent in 2016.  

During 2014 and 2013, the overall trend has been steady for our large license sales, with recognized $1.0 million or larger software 

license sales totaling fifteen, fourteen, and twelve for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. However, the large deal flow has been 
inconsistent from quarter to quarter, reflecting what we believe to be ongoing macroeconomic uncertainty in the United States and 
Western Europe. While we are encouraged by our 2014 and 2013 results, we, along with many of our customers, still remain cautious 
regarding the pace of global economic recovery. With global GDP growth continuing to be well below pre-2008 levels, we believe 
global economic volatility likely will continue to shape customers’ and prospects’ enterprise software buying decisions, making it 
more difficult to forecast sales cycles for our products and the timing of large enterprise software license sales.  

Revenue  

License revenue: License revenue, a leading indicator of our business, is primarily derived from software license fees that 

customers pay for supply chain solutions. In 2014, license revenue totaled $71.6 million, or 15% of total revenue, with gross margins 
of 90.1%. For the year ended December 31, 2014, Americas, EMEA, and APAC recognized $59.5 million, $7.5 million, and $4.6 
million in license revenue, respectively. Prior to the 2009 global recession, our typical license revenue percentage mix of new to 
existing customers historically approximated 50/50. Post 2009, the percentage mix has fluctuated. For the year ended December 31, 
2014, the percentage mix of new to existing customers was approximately 30/70.  

License revenue growth is influenced by the strength of general economic and business conditions and the competitive position of 
our software products. Our license revenue generally has long sales cycles. In addition, the timing of the closing of a few large license 
transactions can have a material impact on our license revenues, operating profit, operating margins and earnings per share. For 
example, $1.0 million of license revenue in 2014 equates to approximately one cent of diluted earnings per share impact.  

Our software solutions are singularly focused on the supply chain commerce planning and execution markets, which are intensely 

competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. We are a market leader in the supply chain management software 
solutions market as defined by industry analysts such as ARC Advisory Group and Gartner. Our goal is to extend our position as a 
leading global supply chain solutions provider by growing our license revenues faster than our competitors through investment in 
innovation. We expect to continue to face increased competition from Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and Supply Chain 
Management application vendors and business application software vendors that may broaden their solution offerings by internally 
developing, or by acquiring or partnering with independent developers of supply chain planning and execution software. Increased 
competition could result in price reductions, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share.  

Services revenue: Our services business consists of professional services (consulting and customer training) and customer support 

services and software enhancements (“CSSE”). In 2014, our services revenue totaled $376.0 million, or 76% of total revenue, with 
gross margins of 55.0%. The Americas, EMEA, and APAC recognized $301.0 million, $51.4 million, and $23.6 million, respectively, 
in services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014. Professional services totaled $260.0 million in 2014, accounted for 
approximately 69% of total services revenue and approximately 53% of total revenue. Our consolidated operating margin profile may 
be lower than those of various other technology companies due to our large services revenue mix as a percentage of total revenue. 

25 

 
While we believe our services margins are very strong, they do lower our overall operating margin profile as services margins are 
inherently lower than license revenue margins.  

At December 31, 2014, our professional services organization totaled approximately 1,790 employees, accounting for 65% of our 
total employees worldwide. Our professional services organization provides our customers with expertise and assistance in planning 
and implementing our solutions. To ensure a successful product implementation, consultants assist customers with the initial 
installation of a system, the conversion and transfer of the customer’s historical data onto our system, and ongoing training, education, 
and system upgrades. We believe our professional services enable customers to implement our software rapidly, ensure the customer’s 
success with our solution, strengthen our customer relationships, and add to our industry-specific knowledge base for use in future 
implementations and product innovations.  

Although our professional services are optional, the majority of our customers use at least some portion of these services for their 
planning, implementation, or related needs. Professional services are typically rendered under time and materials-based contracts with 
services typically billed on an hourly basis. Professional services are sometimes rendered under fixed-fee based contracts with 
payments due on specific dates or milestones.  

Typically, our professional services lag license revenue by several quarters, as implementation services and related consulting are 

performed after the purchase of the software. Services revenue growth is contingent upon license revenue and customer upgrade 
cycles, which is influenced by the strength of general economic and business conditions and the competitive position of our software 
products. In addition, our professional services business has competitive exposure to offshore providers and other consulting 
companies. All of these factors potentially create the risk of pricing pressure, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins, and loss 
of market share.  

For CSSE, we offer a comprehensive 24 hours per day, 365 days per year program that provides our customers with software 

upgrades, when and if available, which include additional or improved functionality and technological advances incorporating 
emerging supply chain and industry initiatives. Our CSSE revenues totaled $116.0 million in 2014, representing approximately 31% 
of services revenue and approximately 24% of total revenue, respectively. The growth of CSSE revenues is influenced by: (1) new 
license revenue growth; (2) annual renewal of support contracts; (3) increase in customers through acquisitions; and (4) fluctuations in 
currency rates. Substantially all of our customers renew their annual support contracts. Over the last three years, our annual revenue 
renewal rate of customers subscribing to comprehensive support and enhancements has been greater than 90%. CSSE revenue is 
generally paid in advance and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically twelve months. CSSE renewal revenue is 
recognized over the renewal period and recognition is not initiated until payment is received from the customer.  

Hardware and other revenue: Our hardware and other revenue totaled $44.5 million in 2014 representing 9.0% of total revenue 
with gross margins of 18.4%. In conjunction with the licensing of our software, and as a convenience for our customers, we resell a 
variety of hardware products developed and manufactured by third parties. These products include computer hardware, radio 
frequency terminal networks, RFID chip readers, bar code printers and scanners, and other peripherals. We resell all third-party 
hardware products and related maintenance pursuant to agreements with manufacturers or through distributor-authorized reseller 
agreements pursuant to which we are entitled to purchase hardware products and services at discount prices. We generally purchase 
hardware from our vendors only after receiving an order from a customer. As a result, we do not maintain hardware inventory.  

Other revenue represents amounts associated with reimbursements from customers for out-of-pocket expenses. The total amount of 

expense reimbursement recorded to hardware and other revenue was $18.9 million, $15.3 million, and $12.6 million for 2014, 2013, 
and 2012, respectively.  

Product Development  

We continue to invest significantly in research and development (R&D) to provide leading solutions that help global 

manufacturers, wholesalers, distributors, retailers, and logistics providers successfully manage accelerating and fluctuating demands 
as well as the increasing complexity and volatility of their local and global supply chains. Our research and development expenses for 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were $49.0 million, $44.5 million, and $44.7 million, respectively. At 
December 31, 2014, our R&D organization totaled approximately 660 employees, located in the U.S. and India.  

We expect to continue to focus our R&D resources on the development and enhancement of supply chain software solutions. We 
offer what we believe to be the broadest solution portfolio in the supply chain solutions designed to manage supply chains, inventory, 
and omni-channel operations for retailers, wholesalers, manufacturers, logistics providers and other organizations. 

26 

 
We also plan to continue to enhance our existing solutions and to introduce new solutions to address evolving industry standards 
and market needs. We identify opportunities to further enhance our solutions and to develop and provide new solutions through our 
customer support organization, as well as through ongoing customer consulting engagements and implementations, interactions with 
our user groups, association with leading industry analysts and market research firms, and participation on industry standards and 
research committees. Our solutions address the needs of customers in various vertical markets, including retail, consumer goods, food 
and grocery logistics service providers, industrial and wholesale, high technology and electronics, life sciences, and government.  

Cash Flow and Financial Condition  

For 2014, we generated cash flow from operating activities of $94.2 million and have generated a cumulative total of $258.8 

million for the three years ended December 31, 2014. Our cash and investments at December 31, 2014 totaled $124.4 million, with no 
debt on our balance sheet. We currently have no credit facilities. During the past three years, our primary uses of cash have been 
funding investment in R&D and operations to drive earnings growth and repurchases of common stock.  

During 2014, we repurchased approximately $91.1 million of Manhattan Associates’ outstanding common stock under the share 

repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors throughout the year.  

In 2015, we anticipate that our priorities for use of cash will be in developing sales and services resources and continued 

investment in product development to drive and support profitable growth and extend our market leadership. We will continue to 
evaluate acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our product footprint and technology direction. We will also continue to 
weigh our share repurchase options against cash for acquisitions and investing in the business. We do not anticipate any borrowing 
requirements in 2015 for general corporate purposes.  

Full Year 2014 Financial Summary  

  Diluted earnings per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was $1.08, compared to $0.86 for the twelve months 

ended December 31, 2013;  

  Consolidated revenue for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 was $492.1 million, compared to $414.5 million for the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2013. License revenue was $71.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, 
compared to $62.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013;  

  Operating income was $127.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, compared to $101.3 million for the 

twelve months ended December 31, 2013;  

  Operating margins for 2014 were 25.8% compared to operating margins of 24.4% in 2013;  
  Cash flow from operations totaled $94.2 million for the full year 2014 compared to $89.4 million in 2013;  
  Cash and investments on hand at December 31, 2014 was $124.4 million compared to $133.0 million at December 31, 2013;  
  During the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased approximately 2.6 million shares of Manhattan 
Associates common stock under the share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors, for a total investment of 
$91.1 million; and  

  In January 2015, the Board of Directors approved raising the Company’s remaining share repurchase authority to $50 million of 

Manhattan Associates’ outstanding common stock.  

27 

 
 
 
Results of Operations  

The following table summarizes selected Statement of Income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012.  

Revenue: 
Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 
Costs and expenses: 
Cost of license 
Cost of services 
Cost of hardware and other 
Research and development 
Sales and marketing 
General and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Total costs and expenses 

Income from operations 

Operating margin 

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 
(in thousands) 

 $ 

 $ 

71,583  
376,023  
44,498  
492,104  

7,110  
169,140  
36,328  
48,953  
52,617  
44,455  
6,377  
364,980  
127,124  

$

62,416   $

315,901  
36,201  
414,518  

8,724  
142,236  
30,191  
44,549  
44,559  
37,147  
5,825  
313,231  
101,287   $

$

% Change vs. Prior Year 

2012 

2014 

2013 

61,494   
283,872   
30,882   
376,248   

7,838   
128,686   
25,213   
44,704   
45,622   
38,474   
5,638   
296,175   
80,073   

15% 
19% 
23% 
19% 

-19% 
19% 
20% 
10% 
18% 
20% 
9% 
17% 
26% 

1% 
11% 
17% 
10% 

11% 
11% 
20% 
0% 
-2% 
-3% 
3% 
6% 
26% 

25.8%  

24.4%  

21.3 %     

28 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
We manage our business based on three geographic regions: the Americas, EMEA, and APAC. Geographic revenue information is 

based on the location of sale. The revenues represented below are from external customers only. The geographical-based expenses 
include costs of personnel, direct sales, and marketing expenses, and general and administrative costs to support the business. There 
are certain corporate expenses included in the Americas region that are not charged to the other segments including research and 
development, certain marketing and general and administrative costs that support the global organization, and the amortization of 
acquired developed technology. Included in the Americas costs are all research and development costs, including the costs associated 
with the Company’s India operations. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, we derived the majority of our revenues from sales to customers 
within our Americas region. The following table summarizes revenue and operating profit by region:  

Revenue: 
Software license 
Americas 
EMEA 
APAC 
Total software license 

Services 
Americas 
EMEA 
APAC 
Total services 

Hardware and Other 
Americas 
EMEA 
APAC 
Total hardware and other 

Total Revenue 
Americas 
EMEA 
APAC 
Total revenue 

Operating income: 
Americas 
EMEA 
APAC 
Total operating income 

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 
(in thousands) 

59,502  $
7,505 
4,576 
71,583  $

49,574  $
7,858 
4,984 
62,416  $

301,025  $
51,440 
23,558 
376,023  $

254,934  $
41,020 
19,947 
315,901  $

41,437  $
1,910 
1,151 
44,498  $

33,836  $
1,536 
829 
36,201  $

401,964  $
60,855 
29,285 
492,104  $

338,344  $
50,414 
25,760 
414,518  $

101,936  $
15,313 
9,875 
127,124  $

83,451  $
10,288 
7,548 
101,287  $

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

   % Change vs. Prior Year 

2012 

2014 

2013 

50,036 
9,569 
1,889 
61,494 

228,673 
36,167 
19,032 
283,872 

28,883 
1,402 
597 
30,882 

307,592 
47,138 
21,518 
376,248 

65,517 
9,725 
4,831 
80,073 

20% 
-4% 
-8% 
15% 

18% 
25% 
18% 
19% 

22% 
24% 
39% 
23% 

19% 
21% 
14% 
19% 

22% 
49% 
31% 
26% 

-1% 
-18% 
164% 
1% 

11% 
13% 
5% 
11% 

17% 
10% 
39% 
17% 

10% 
7% 
20% 
10% 

27% 
6% 
56% 
26% 

The results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are discussed below.  

29 

 
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
    
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
Revenue  

Our revenue consists of fees generated from the licensing and hosting of software; fees from professional services, customer 
support services and software enhancements; hardware sales of complementary radio frequency and computer equipment; and other 
revenue representing amounts associated with reimbursements from customers for out-of-pocket expenses.  

Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 

2012 

2014 

     2013 
(in thousands) 
  $  71,583     $  62,416     $ 61,494   
     376,023        315,901       283,872   
     44,498        36,201      
30,882   
  $  492,104     $  414,518     $ 376,248   

Year Ended December 31, 

% Change vs. Prior 
Year 

% of Total Revenue 

2014 

2013 

2014 

      2013 

2012 

15%  
19%  
23%  
19%  

1% 
11% 
17% 
10% 

15 %     
76 %     
9 %     
100 %     

15%  
76%  
9%  
100%  

16%
76%
8%
100%

License revenue  
Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

License revenue increased $9.2 million, or 15%, to $71.6 million in 2014 compared to 2013. We completed fifteen and fourteen 

large deals greater than $1.0 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our Americas license revenue increased $9.9 million, while 
EMEA and APAC license revenue decreased $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, over 2013.  

The license sales percentage mix across our product suite in 2014 was approximately 55% warehouse management solutions and 
45% non-warehouse management solutions. Our warehouse management solutions increased $0.7 million, or 2%, in 2014 compared 
to 2013 and non-warehouse management solutions increased $8.5 million, or 37%, in 2014 over 2013.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

License revenue increased $0.9 million, or 1%, to $62.4 million in 2013 compared to 2012. We completed fourteen and twelve 

large deals greater than $1.0 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our APAC license revenue increased $3.1 million, while 
Americas and EMEA license revenue decreased $0.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, over 2012.  

The license sales percentage mix across our product suite in 2013 was approximately 63% warehouse management solutions and 
37% non-warehouse management solutions. Our warehouse management solutions decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, in 2013 compared 
to 2012 and non-warehouse management solutions increased $1.6 million, or 7%, in 2013 over 2012.  

Services revenue  
Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

Services revenue increased $60.1 million, or 19%, in 2014 compared to 2013 due to a $49.2 million, or 23%, increase in 

professional services revenue and a $10.9 million, or 10%, increase in CSSE revenue. The Americas, EMEA, and APAC segments 
increased $46.1 million, $10.4 million, and $3.6 million, respectively, compared to 2013. The increase in services revenue is primarily 
due to customer-specific initiatives in conjunction with customer upgrade activity and license deals signed.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

Services revenue increased $32.0 million, or 11%, in 2013 compared to 2012 due to a $25.6 million, or 14%, increase in 
professional services revenue and a $6.4 million, or 7%, increase in CSSE revenue. The Americas, EMEA, and APAC segments 
increased $26.3 million, $4.8 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, compared to 2012. The increase in services revenue is primarily 
due to customer-specific initiatives in conjunction with customer upgrade activity and license deals signed.  

30 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
    
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
  
 
  
  
  
   
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
Hardware and other  

Sales of hardware increased $4.7 million to $25.6 million in 2014 compared to $20.9 million in 2013. Sales of hardware increased 

$2.6 million to $20.9 million in 2013 compared to $18.3 million in 2012. The majority of hardware sales are derived from our 
Americas segment. Sales of hardware are largely dependent upon customer-specific desires, which fluctuate. Other revenue represents 
reimbursements for professional service travel expenses that are required to be classified as revenue and are included in hardware and 
other revenue. Reimbursements by customers for out-of-pocket expenses were approximately $18.9 million, $15.3 million, and $12.6 
million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

Cost of Revenue  

Cost of software license 
Cost of services 
Cost of hardware and other 
Total cost of revenue 

Cost of License  

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 
(in thousands) 

% Change vs. Prior 
Year 

2012 

      2014 

2013 

  $

7,110
169,140
36,328
  $ 212,578

8,724  $

$
  142,236 
30,191 
$ 181,151  $

7,838        -19% 
128,686        19% 
25,213        20% 
161,737        17% 

11% 
11% 
20% 
12% 

Cost of license consists of the costs associated with software reproduction; hosting services; media, packaging and delivery, 
documentation, and other related costs; and royalties on third-party software sold with or as part of our products. Cost of license 
decreased by $1.6 million, or 19%, in 2014 compared to 2013 principally due to decreased cost of royalties and third party software 
license fees over the prior year.  

Cost of Services  
Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

Cost of services consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses of employees dedicated to professional and 
technical services and customer support services. The $26.9 million, or 19%, increase in cost of services in 2014 compared to 2013 
was principally due to a $17.1 million increase in compensation, other personnel-related and travel expenses resulting from increased 
headcount in our services organization to support ongoing growth of the business and a $5.8 million increase in performance-based 
compensation expense. In addition, the increase partially resulted from increases in application software costs, temporary contracted 
personnel, and stock compensation expense.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

Cost of services increased $13.6 million, or 11%, in 2013 compared to 2012 principally due to a $11.9 million increase in 
compensation and other personnel-related expenses resulting from increased headcount in our services organization and increased 
third-party software maintenance costs and internal computer system costs.  

Cost of Hardware and other  

In 2014, cost of hardware increased $2.6 million to $17.7 million from $15.1 million in 2013 on increased sales of hardware. In 
2013, cost of hardware increased $2.3 million to $15.1 million from $12.8 million in 2012 on increased sales of hardware. Cost of 
hardware and other includes professional services billed travel expenses reimbursed by customers of approximately $18.6 million, 
$15.1 million, and $12.4 million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Changes in amounts of out-of-pocket expenses correlate to 
changes in amounts of services revenue.  

31 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
     
  
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
           
        
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
        
        
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
    
Operating Expenses  

Research and development 
Sales and marketing 
General and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Operating expenses 

Research and Development  

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 
(in thousands) 

% Change vs. Prior 
Year 

2012 

      2014 

2013 

  $

48,953  $
52,617 
44,455 
6,377 

44,549  $
44,559 
37,147 
5,825 

  $ 152,402  $ 132,080  $

44,704        10% 
45,622        18% 
38,474        20% 
5,638       
9% 
134,438        15% 

0% 
-2% 
-3% 
3% 
-2% 

Our principal research and development (R&D) activities during 2014, 2013, and 2012 focused on the expansion and integration of 

new products and releases, while expanding the product footprint of our software solution suites in  Supply Chain, Inventory and 
Omni-Channel. The Manhattan Platform provides not only a sophisticated service oriented, architecture based framework, but a 
platform that facilitates the integration with Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and other supply chain solutions. 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, we did not capitalize any R&D costs because the costs incurred following 

the attainment of technological feasibility for the related software product through the date of general release were insignificant.  

Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

R&D expenses primarily consist of salaries and other personnel-related costs for personnel involved in our research and 
development activities. Research and development expenses in 2014 increased by $4.4 million, or 10%, compared to 2013. This 
increase is primarily due to an increase of $1.7 million in compensation and other personnel-related expenses and an increase of $1.6 
million in performance-based bonus expense.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

R&D expenses were essentially flat over prior year due to slightly lower headcount and favorable currency impact driven by a 

weakening of the Indian rupee against the US dollar.  

Sales and Marketing  
Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries, commissions, travel and other personnel-related costs and the costs of our marketing 

and alliance programs and related activities. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $8.1 million, or 18%, in 2014 compared to 
2013. This increase was mainly attributable to the increase in performance-based compensation expense of $6.0 million, a $0.6 million 
increase in stock compensation expense, and a $0.7 million increase in compensation and other personnel-related expenses, including 
temporary contracted personnel.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $1.1 million, or 2%, in 2013 compared to 2012. The decrease was mainly attributable 
to a $1.2 million decrease in performance-based compensation and a decrease in stock compensation expense of $1.2 million partially 
offset by an increase in sales and marketing operating expenses of $1.6 million.  

General and Administrative  
Year 2014 compared with year 2013  

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs of executive, financial, human 

resources, information technology, and administrative personnel, as well as facilities, legal, insurance, accounting, and other 
administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses increased $7.3 million, or 20%, in 2014 primarily attributable to an 
increase of $1.5 million in compensation and other personnel-related expenses, an increase of $1.4 million in temporary contracted 

32 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
     
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
       
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
       
  
 
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
personnel, an increase of $0.7 million in performance-based bonus expense, and an increase of $0.7 million in stock compensation 
expense. The comparison to 2013 was also impacted by the $1.6 million reversal in 2013 of a previously expensed transaction tax 
resulting from the expiration of the tax audit statutes.  

Year 2013 compared with year 2012  

General and administrative expenses decreased $1.3 million, or 3%, in 2013 primarily attributable to a $1.6 million reversal of a 

previously expensed transaction tax resulting from the expiration of the tax audit statutes.  

Depreciation and Amortization  

Depreciation expense amounted to $6.2 million, $5.8 million, and $5.6 million 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Amortization of 
intangibles was immaterial in 2014, 2013 and 2012. We have recorded goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets as part 
of the purchase accounting associated with various acquisitions.  

Operating Income  

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $25.8 million to $127.1 million, compared to $101.3 million for 

the year ended December 31, 2013. Operating margins were 25.8% for 2014 versus 24.4% for 2013. Operating income and margin 
increased primarily due to strong revenue growth and expense management during the year. Operating income also benefitted over the 
prior year from favorable foreign currency translation of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to the 
weakening of the Indian Rupee versus the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was partially offset by a 
$1.6 million reversal in 2013 of a previously expensed transaction tax resulting from the expiration of the tax audit statutes. Operating 
income in the Americas, EMEA, and APAC segments increased by $18.5 million, $5.0 million, and $2.3 million, respectively in 2014.  

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $21.2 million to $101.3 million, compared to $80.1 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012. Operating margins were 24.4% for 2013 versus 21.3% for 2012. Operating income and margin for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 included a $1.6 million reversal of a previously expensed transaction tax resulting from the 
expiration of the tax audit statutes. Furthermore, operating income and margins increased due to strong revenue growth and expense 
management during the year. Operating income also benefitted over the prior year from favorable foreign currency translation effects 
of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the weakening of the Indian Rupee versus the U.S. dollar 
during the year ended December 31, 2013. Operating income in the Americas, EMEA, and APAC segments increased by 
$17.9 million, $0.6 million, and $2.7 million, respectively in 2013.  

Other Income and Income Taxes  

Other income, net 
Income tax provision 

Other Income, net  

Year Ended December 31, 

% Change vs. Prior 
Year 

2014 

2013 

2012 

      2014 

2013 

  $

874   $
45,998    

1,822    $
35,813     

965         -52% 
29,185         28% 

89% 
23% 

Other income, net primarily includes interest income, foreign currency gains and losses, and other non-operating expenses. Interest 

income was $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 
weighted-average interest rate earned on cash and investments was approximately 1% for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012. We recorded a net foreign currency loss of $0.4 million in 2014, a net foreign currency gain of $0.7 million in 2013, and a 
net foreign currency loss of $0.1 million in 2012. The foreign currency gain and losses mainly resulted from gains or losses on 
intercompany transactions denominated in foreign currencies with subsidiaries due to the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar relative to other 
foreign currencies, primarily the Indian Rupee.  

Income Tax Provision  

Our effective income tax rates were 35.9%, 34.7%, and 36.0% in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Our effective income tax rate 
takes into account the source of taxable income, domestically by state and internationally by country, and available income tax credits. 
The effective tax rate in 2014 increased from 2013 mainly due to increases in state tax rates. Additionally, the 2013 tax year included 
33 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
  
 
  
  
     
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
  
    
  
 
  
  
       
  
    
  
 
    
 
 
    
 
the benefit of the reinstatement of the federal research and development tax credit for both the 2012 and 2013 tax years, partially 
offset by decreases in reserves for uncertain tax positions. 

The effective tax rate in 2013 decreased from 2012 mainly due to the reinstatement of the federal research and development tax 
credit in January 2013 for the 2012 and 2013 tax years as well as reductions in valuation allowances for state tax credit carryforwards, 
partially offset by increases in foreign taxes and reserves for uncertain tax positions.  

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

During 2014, 2013, and 2012, we funded our business through cash generated from operations. Our cash and investments as of 
December 31, 2014 included $85.6 million held in the U.S. and $38.8 million held by our foreign subsidiaries. We believe that our 
cash balances in the U.S. are sufficient to fund our U.S. operations. In the future, if we elect to repatriate the unremitted earnings of 
our foreign subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes which would result 
in a higher effective tax rate. However, our intent is to indefinitely reinvest these funds outside of the U.S. and we do not have a 
current cash requirement need to repatriate cash to the U.S.  

Our cash flow from operating activities totaled $94.2 million, $89.4 million, and $75.3 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, 
respectively. Typical factors affecting our cash provided by operating activities include our level of revenue and earnings for the 
period, the timing and amount of employee bonus payments and income tax payments, and the timing of cash collections from our 
customers which is our primary source of operating cash flow. Cash flow from operating activities for 2014 increased $4.8 million 
compared to 2013 primarily attributable to higher revenue and net earnings offset slightly by higher cash paid for income taxes. Cash 
flow from operating activities for 2013 increased $14.1 million compared to 2012 primarily attributable to higher revenue and net 
earnings. Days sales outstanding was 61 at both December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 60 at December 31, 2012, reflecting solid cash 
collections.  

Our investing activities used cash of approximately $12.7 million, $7.8 million, and $7.0 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, 

respectively. The use of cash for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was for capital expenditures of 
approximately $9.4 million, $2.8 million payment in connection with the asset acquisition of Global Bay Mobile Technologies 
discussed in note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, and net purchases of $0.5 million in investments. The use of cash for 
investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was for capital expenditures of approximately $4.7 million and net 
purchases of $3.1 million in investments. The use of cash for investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $7.9 
million in capital expenditures partially offset by the net maturities of $0.9 million in investments.  

Our financing activities used cash of approximately $89.1 million, $51.8 million, and $63.5 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, 
respectively. The principal use of cash for financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was to purchase approximately 
$99.2 million of our common stock, including $8.1 million for shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock, partially 
offset by proceeds generated from options exercised of $1.6 million and a $8.6 million excess tax benefit related to the exercise of 
stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards. The principal use of cash for financing activities for the year ended December 31, 
2013 was to purchase approximately $64.2 million of our common stock, including $5.0 million for shares withheld for taxes due 
upon vesting of restricted stock, partially offset by proceeds generated from options exercised of $5.8 million and a $6.6 million 
excess tax benefit related to the exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards. The principal use of cash for 
financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was to purchase approximately $103.2 million of our common stock, 
including $3.5 million for shares withheld for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock, partially offset by proceeds generated from 
options exercised of $32.1 million and a $7.5 million excess tax benefit related to the exercise of stock options and vesting of 
restricted stock awards. In January 2015, our Board of Directors increased our remaining share repurchase authority to a total of $50 
million.  

Periodically, opportunities may arise to grow our business through the acquisition of complementary products, and technologies. 

Any material acquisition could result in a decrease to our working capital depending on the amount, timing, and nature of the 
consideration to be paid. We believe that our existing cash and investments will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital 
expenditure needs at least for the next twelve months, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. In 2015, we 
anticipate that our priorities for use of cash will be similar to prior years, with our first priority being continued investment in product 
development and profitably growing our business to extend our market leadership. We will continue to evaluate acquisition 
opportunities that are complementary to our product footprint and technology direction. We will also continue to weigh our share 
repurchase options against cash for acquisitions and investing in the business. At this time, we do not anticipate any borrowing 
requirements in 2015 for general corporate purposes.  

34 

 
 
 
New Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued guidance codified in Accounting Standard Codification 
(ASC) No. 606, Revenue Recognition – Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which will replace substantially all current revenue 
recognition guidance once it becomes effective. The new standard provides accounting guidance for all revenue arising from contracts 
with customers and affects all entities that enter into contracts to provide goods or services to their customers unless the contracts are 
in the scope of other standards. The new standard is less prescriptive and may require software entities to use more judgment and 
estimates in the revenue recognition process than are required under existing revenue guidance. This guidance is effective for annual 
and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, using either of the following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective 
approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, 
or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting the standard recognized at the date of 
adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). We are currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASC 606 on our 
consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which we will adopt the standard in 2017.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations  

Our principal commitments as of December 31, 2014 consist of obligations under operating leases. We expect to fulfill all of the 

following commitments from our working capital. We have no off-balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of SEC rules.  

Lease Commitments  

We lease our facilities and some of our equipment under noncancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates 

through 2025. Rent expense for these leases aggregated $6.3 million, $5.9 million, and $5.8 million during 2014, 2013, and 2012, 
respectively.  

The following table summarizes our contractual commitments as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands):  

Total 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

    Thereafter

  $ 

54,277     $ 

5,769    $

5,942    $

6,154    $

5,502     $ 

4,743    $

26,167

Operating Lease 
Obligations 

Indemnities  

Our customer contracts generally contain infringement indemnity provisions. Under those provisions, we generally agree, subject 
to certain exceptions, to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the customer in connection with third party claims against the customer 
alleging that the customer’s use of our software products in compliance with their license infringe the third party’s patent, copyright, 
or other intellectual property rights. Conditions to our obligations generally include that we are provided the right to control the 
defense of the claims and, in general, to control settlement negotiations. Those provisions generally provide also that, if the customer 
is prevented from using our software because of a third party infringement claim, our sole obligation (in addition to the 
indemnification, defense, and hold harmless obligation referred to above) is to, at our expense, (i) procure for the customer the right to 
continue to use the software, (ii) to replace or modify the product so that its use by the customer does not infringe, or, if either of the 
foregoing are not reasonably feasible, to terminate the customer contract and provide a refund of the unamortized portion of the 
customer’s license fee (based on a five year amortization period). Our customer contracts sometimes also require us to indemnify, 
defend, and hold harmless the customer in connection with death, personal injury, or property damage claims made by third parties 
with respect to actions of our personnel or contractors. The indemnity obligations contained in our customer contracts generally have 
no specified expiration date and no specified monetary limitation on liability. We have not previously incurred costs to settle claims or 
pay awards under these indemnification obligations. We account for these indemnity obligations in accordance with FASB guidance 
on accounting for contingencies, and record a liability for these obligations when a loss is probable and reasonably estimable. We have 
not recorded any liabilities for these contracts as of December 31, 2014.  

Warranties  

In general, in our customer contracts we warrant to our customers that our software products will perform in all material respects in 

accordance with our standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the licensed products to the customer for six 
months after first use of the licensed products, but no more than 24 months after execution of the license agreement. Additionally, we 
warrant to our customers that our services will be performed consistent with generally accepted industry standards or specific service 
levels through completion of the agreed upon services. If necessary, we would provide for the estimated cost of product and service 
warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history. However, we have not incurred significant recurring expense under 

35 

 
  
  
  
  
     
   
   
   
     
our product or service warranties. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of these agreements is nominal. Accordingly, we 
have no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2014.  

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective, or 
complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may 
change in subsequent periods.  

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The 
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances 
that affect amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. We believe that estimates, 
judgments, and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable based on information available to us at the time that these estimates, 
judgments, and assumptions are made. To the extent there are material differences between those estimates, judgments, or 
assumptions and actual results, our financial statements will be affected. The accounting policies that reflect our more significant 
estimates, judgments, and assumptions are: Revenue Recognition, Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Valuation of Goodwill, and 
Accounting for Income Taxes.  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company’s revenue consists of fees from the licensing and hosting of software (collectively included in “Software license” 

revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income), fees from implementation and training services (collectively, “professional 
services”) and customer support services and software enhancements (collectively with professional services revenue included in 
“Services” revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income), and sales of hardware and other revenue, which consists of 
reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our professional services (collectively included in “Hardware 
and other” revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income). All revenue is recognized net of any related sales taxes.  

The Company recognizes license revenue when the following criteria are met: (1) a signed contract is obtained covering all 

elements of the arrangement, (2) delivery of the product has occurred, (3) the license fee is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection is 
probable. Revenue recognition for software with multiple-element arrangements requires recognition of revenue using the “residual 
method” when (a) there is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the fair values of all undelivered elements in a multiple-
element arrangement that is not accounted for using long-term contract accounting, (b) VSOE of fair value does not exist for one or 
more of the delivered elements in the arrangement, and (c) all other applicable revenue-recognition criteria for software revenue 
recognition are satisfied. For those contracts that contain significant customization or modifications, license revenue is recognized 
using contract accounting.  

The Company allocates revenue to customer support services and software enhancements and any other undelivered elements of 
the arrangement based on VSOE of fair value of each element, and such amounts are deferred until the applicable delivery criteria and 
other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The balance of the revenue, net of any discounts inherent in the arrangement, is 
recognized at the outset of the arrangement using the residual method as the product licenses are delivered. If the Company cannot 
objectively determine the fair value of each undelivered element based on the VSOE of fair value, the Company defers revenue 
recognition until all elements are delivered, all services have been performed, or until fair value can be objectively determined. The 
Company must apply judgment in determining all elements of the arrangement and in determining the VSOE of fair value for each 
element, considering the price charged for each product on a stand-alone basis or applicable renewal rates. For arrangements that 
include future software functionality deliverables, the Company accounts for these deliverables as a separate element of the 
arrangement. Because the Company does not sell these deliverables on a standalone basis, the Company is not able to establish VSOE 
of fair value of these deliverables. As a result, the Company defers all revenue under the arrangement until the future functionality has 
been delivered to the customer.  

Payment terms for the Company’s software licenses vary. Each contract is evaluated individually to determine whether the fees in 

the contract are fixed or determinable and whether collectability is probable. Judgment is required in assessing the probability of 
collection, which is generally based on evaluation of customer-specific information, historical collection experience, and economic 
market conditions. If market conditions decline, or if the financial conditions of customers deteriorate, the Company may be unable to 
determine that collectability is probable, and the Company could be required to defer the recognition of revenue until the Company 
receives customer payments. The Company has an established history of collecting under the terms of its software license contracts 
without providing refunds or concessions to its customers. Therefore, the Company has determined that the presence of payment terms 
that extend beyond contract execution in a particular contract do not preclude the conclusion that the fees in the contract are fixed or 
determinable. Although infrequent, when payment terms in a contract extend beyond our standard terms or twelve months, the 
Company has determined that such fees are not fixed or determinable and recognizes revenue as payments become due provided that 
all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.  

36 

 
The Company’s services revenue consists of fees generated from professional services and customer support and software 
enhancements related to the Company’s software products. Professional services include system planning, design, configuration, 
testing, and other software implementation support, and are not typically essential to the functionality of the software. Fees from 
professional services performed by the Company are separately priced and are generally billed on an hourly basis, and revenue is 
recognized as the services are performed. In certain situations, professional services are rendered under agreements in which billings 
are limited to contractual maximums or based upon a fixed fee for portions of or all of the engagement. Revenue related to fixed-fee-
based contracts is recognized on a proportional performance basis based on the hours incurred on discrete projects within an overall 
services arrangement. The Company has determined that output measures, or services delivered, approximate the input measures 
associated with fixed-fee services arrangements. Project losses are provided for in their entirety in the period in which they become 
known. Revenue related to customer support services and software enhancements is generally paid in advance and recognized ratably 
over the term of the agreement, typically twelve months.  

Hardware and other revenue is generated from the resale of a variety of hardware products, developed and manufactured by third 

parties, that are integrated with and complementary to the Company’s software solutions. As part of a complete solution, the 
Company’s customers periodically purchase hardware from the Company for use with the software licenses purchased from the 
Company. These products include computer hardware, radio frequency terminal networks, radio frequency identification (RFID) chip 
readers, bar code printers and scanners, and other peripherals. Hardware revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer when 
title passes. The Company generally purchases hardware from the Company’s vendors only after receiving an order from a customer. 
As a result, the Company generally does not maintain hardware inventory.  

In accordance with the other presentation matters within the Revenue Recognition Topic of the ASC, the Company recognizes 
amounts associated with reimbursements from customers for out-of-pocket expenses as revenue. Such amounts have been included in 
“Hardware and other” revenue in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. The total amount of expense reimbursement 
recorded to revenue was $18.9 million, $15.3 million, and $12.6 million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

Accounting for Income Taxes  

We provide for the effect of income taxes on our financial position and results of operations in accordance with the Income Taxes 
Topic of the ASC. Under this accounting pronouncement, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of income taxes payable or 
refundable for the current year and for the change in net deferred tax assets or liabilities resulting from events that are recorded for 
financial reporting purposes in a different reporting period than recorded in the tax return. Management must make significant 
assumptions, judgments, and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes and also our deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and any valuation allowance to be recorded against our net deferred tax asset.  

Our judgments, assumptions, and estimates relative to the current provision for income tax take into account current tax laws, our 

interpretation of current tax laws, allowable deductions, projected tax credits, and possible outcomes of current and future audits 
conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. We do not recognize a tax benefit unless we conclude that it is more likely than not 
that the benefit will be sustained on audit by the taxing authority based solely on the technical merits of the associated tax position. If 
the recognition threshold is met, we recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest amount of the tax benefit that, in our judgment, is 
greater than 50 percent likely to be realized. Changes in tax law or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of current and 
future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our financial position and results of operations. 
Our assumptions, judgments, and estimates relative to the value of our net deferred tax asset take into account predictions of the 
amount and category of future taxable income. Actual operating results and the underlying amount and category of income in future 
years could render our current assumptions, judgments, and estimates of recoverable net deferred taxes inaccurate, thus materially 
impacting our financial position and results of operations.  

37 

 
 
 
 
Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  

Foreign Business  

Our international business is subject to risks typical of an international business, including, but not limited to differing economic 
conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility. 
Our international operations currently include business activity out of offices in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, France, 
Australia, China, Japan, Singapore, and India. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against a foreign currency, the value of our sales and 
expenses in that currency converted to U.S. dollars decreases. When the U.S. dollar weakens, the value of our sales and expenses in 
that currency converted to U.S. dollars increases. We recognized a foreign exchange loss of $0.4 million in 2014, a foreign exchange 
gain of $0.7 million in 2013, and a foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million in 2012. Foreign exchange rate transaction gains and losses 
are classified in “Other (loss) income, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Income. A fluctuation of 10% in the period end 
exchange rates at December 31, 2014 relative to the U.S. dollar would result in a change of approximately $0.1 million in the reported 
foreign currency gain. A fluctuation of 10% in the period end exchange rates at December 31, 2013 relative to the U.S. dollar would 
result in a change of approximately $0.5 million in the reported foreign currency gain.  

Interest Rates  

We currently invest our cash in a variety of financial instruments, including taxable and tax-advantaged floating rate obligations in 

money market funds and certificates of deposit. These investments are mainly denominated in U.S. dollars. Cash balances in foreign 
currencies overseas, except for India, are derived from business operations. India operations are funded by the U.S. At December 31, 
2014, our cash, cash equivalents, and investment balances totaled $124.4 million, of which $115.7 million is highly liquid. The 
remaining $8.7 million balance is invested in short-term certificates of deposit. Our cash equivalents balance at December 31, 2014 
was $39.0 million. Cash equivalents principally consist of highly-liquid money market funds and certificates of deposit with maturities 
of less than three months when purchased.  

Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest-earning instruments carry interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have 
their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than 
expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes 
in interest rates, or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities that have seen a decline in market value due to changes 
in interest rates. The weighted-average interest rate of return on cash and investment securities was approximately 1% for the years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The fair value of cash equivalents and investments held at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 
$47.7 million and $44.8 million, respectively. Based on the average investments outstanding during 2014 and 2013, increases or 
decreases in the rates of return of 25 basis points would result in increases or decreases to interest income of approximately $0.3 
million for both years from the reported interest income.  

38 

 
 
 
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Financial Statements  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

   Page
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting ..................................................................................     40
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting .....................................     41
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements ..........................................     42
Consolidated Statements of Income ..................................................................................................................................................     43
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income ........................................................................................................................     44
Consolidated Balance Sheets ............................................................................................................................................................     45
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ...........................................................................................................................................     46
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity ............................................................................................................................     47
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................................     48

39 

 
  
  
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Management of Manhattan Associates, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s 
principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles.  

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, 
use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

As of the end of the Company’s 2014 fiscal year, management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has 
determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 was effective. 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s financial statements for the year 
ended December 31, 2014, has audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 and has 
issued a report regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appearing on page 41, which expresses an 
unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.  

/s/ Eddie Capel  
Eddie Capel 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

February 5, 2015 

/s/ Dennis B. Story  
Dennis B. Story 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, and Treasurer 

February 5, 2015 

40 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Manhattan Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries  

We have audited Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of 
internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2014 of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries, and our report dated February 5, 2015 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

Atlanta, Georgia  
February 5, 2015  

41 

 
  
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  
ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Manhattan Associates, Inc. and Subsidiaries  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 
2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the 
Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (2013 Framework), and our report dated February 5, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

Atlanta, Georgia  
February 5, 2015  

42 

 
  
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Income  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Revenue: 

Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 
Costs and expenses: 
Cost of license 
Cost of services 
Cost of hardware and other 
Research and development 
Sales and marketing 
General and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Total costs and expenses 

Operating income 
Interest income 
Other (loss) income, net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of shares: 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $

  $

  $
  $

71,583  $
376,023 
44,498 
492,104 

7,110 
169,140 
36,328 
48,953 
52,617 
44,455 
6,377 
364,980 
127,124 
1,268 
(394)
127,998 
45,998 
82,000    $

1.09    $
1.08    $

62,416     $ 
315,901       
36,201       
414,518       

8,724       
142,236       
30,191       
44,549       
44,559       
37,147       
5,825       
313,231       
101,287       
1,167       
655       
103,109       
35,813       
67,296     $ 

0.88     $ 
0.86     $ 

74,995     
75,841     

76,664       
77,932       

61,494 
283,872 
30,882 
376,248 

7,838 
128,686 
25,213 
44,704 
45,622 
38,474 
5,638 
296,175 
80,073 
1,062 
(97)
81,038 
29,185 
51,853 

0.66 
0.64 

78,640 
81,084 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements of Income.  

43 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
       
  
 
   
 
 
       
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
       
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
     
       
 
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
   
   
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
(in thousands)  

2014 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: 
Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Unrealized gain on investments, net of taxes of $0, $0, and 
    $53 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively 

Other comprehensive (loss) income 
Comprehensive income 

  $

82,000    $

67,296     $

51,853

(2,241)    

(3,079 )    

-     
(2,241)    
79,759    $

-      
(3,079 )    
64,217     $

  $

318

92
410
52,263

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  

44 

 
  
  
 
  
 
   
   
  
   
  
    
  
    
  
      
        
        
   
   
   
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Current Assets: 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,164 and $3,156 in 2014 and 2013, 

  $

respectively 

Deferred income taxes 
Prepaid expenses 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill, net 
Deferred income taxes 
Other assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation and benefits 
Accrued and other liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Income taxes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Deferred rent, long-term 
Deferred income taxes 
Other non-current liabilities 

Shareholders' equity: 

Preferred stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or 
   outstanding in 2014 and 2013 
Common stock, $.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares and 100,000,000  shares 
   authorized at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively; 74,104,064 
   and 76,374,180 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 
   December 31, 2013, respectively 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total shareholders' equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

  $

  $

  $

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

115,708     $
8,730      

86,828      
9,900      
7,282      
1,413      
229,861      

17,265      
62,250      
270      
8,524      
318,170     $

12,483     $
30,889      
12,501      
58,968      
7,974      
122,815      

4,965      
3,960      
4,407      

124,375 
8,581 

71,136 
7,300 
6,345 
1,001 
218,738 

14,342 
62,272 
427 
2,049 
297,828 

11,555 
19,465 
12,225 
53,812 
7,131 
104,188 

4,722 
3,176 
4,156 

-      

- 

741      
191,305      
(10,023 )    
182,023      
318,170     $

764 
188,604 
(7,782)
181,586 
297,828 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

45 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
   
  
      
  
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
 
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
 
   
   
   
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
(in thousands)  

Operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Equity-based compensation 
(Gain) loss on disposal of equipment 
Tax benefit of stock awards exercised/vested 
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation 
Deferred income taxes 
Unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Other assets 
Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities 
Income taxes 
Deferred revenue 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Purchases of property and equipment 
Purchases of short-term investments 
Maturities of short-term investments 
Payment in connection with acquisition 
Sales of long-term investments 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Purchase of common stock 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock from options exercised 
Excess tax benefits from equity-based compensation 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

  $

82,000    $ 

67,296     $

51,853 

6,377     
9,671     
(13)    
8,640     
(8,562)    
(1,705)    
(624)    

(16,758)    
(5,198)    
13,519     
338     
6,477     
94,162     

(9,415)    
(14,644)    
14,165     
(2,773)    
-     
(12,667)    

(99,204)    
1,571     
8,562     
(89,071)    

5,825      
7,325      
31      
6,980      
(6,637 )    
3,165      
205      

(9,174 )    
697      
3,164      
4,500      
6,010      
89,387      

(4,740 )    
(14,751 )    
11,686      
-      
-      
(7,805 )    

(64,199 )    
5,754      
6,637      
(51,808 )    

5,638 
8,338 
(46)
9,901 
(7,531)
5,388 
427 

(5,446)
281 
(162)
8,831 
(2,201)
75,271 

(7,873)
(7,582)
7,446 
- 
1,000 
(7,009)

(103,155)
32,082 
7,531 
(63,542)

Foreign currency impact on cash 

(1,091)    

(2,136 )    

(163)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Cash paid for taxes 

(8,667)    
124,375     
115,708    $ 

27,638      
96,737      
124,375     $

4,557 
92,180 
96,737 

38,674    $ 

21,191     $

6,277 

  $

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  

46 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
        
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
   
   
   
   
  
      
        
        
 
   
  
      
        
        
 
   
   
  
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity  
(in thousands, except share data)  

Common Stock 

  Amount 

   Shares 
    81,663,784  $
    (8,090,956)  
     5,010,536   

  Additional    
Paid-In 
  Capital 

    Accumulated     
Other 
  Retained     Comprehensive  Shareholders' 
  Earnings      Income (Loss)  
-  $
(50,272)  
32,033   

166,376     $ 
(52,802 )     
-       

(5,113) $
-    
-    

162,080 
(103,155)
32,082 

Equity 

Total 

Balance, December 31, 2011 

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock option exercises 
Restricted stock units issuance/shares 
cancelation 
Equity-based compensation 
Tax effects of equity-based 
compensation 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustment 
Unrealized loss on investments 
Net income 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock option exercises 
Restricted stock units issuance/shares 
cancelation 
Equity-based compensation 
Tax effects of equity-based 
compensation 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustment 
Net income 

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock option exercises 
Restricted stock units issuance/shares 
cancelation 
Equity-based compensation 
Tax effects of equity-based 
compensation 
Foreign currency translation 
adjustment 
Net income 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

(99,496)  
-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
    78,483,868   
    (3,132,276)  
     1,014,956   

7,632   
-   

-   

-   
-   
    76,374,180   
    (2,868,630)  
286,456   

312,058   
-   

-   

-   
-   
    74,104,064  $

817   $
(81)  
49    

-    
-    

-    

-    
-    
-    
785    
(32)  
11    

-    
-    

-    

-    
-    
764    
(29)  
3    

3    
-    

-    

-    
-    
741   $

-   
8,338   

9,901   

-   
-   
-   
-   
(20,048)  
5,743   

-   
7,325   

6,980   

-   
-   
-   
(19,876)  
1,568   

(3)  
9,671   

8,640   

-       
-       

-       

-       
-       
51,853       
165,427       
(44,119 )     
-       

-       
-       

-       

-       
67,296       
188,604       
(79,299 )     
-       

-       
-       

-       

-    
-    

-    

318    
92    
-    
(4,703)  
-    
-    

-    
-    

-    

(3,079)  
-    
(7,782)  
-    
-    

-    
-    

-    

- 
8,338 

9,901 

318 
92 
51,853 
161,509 
(64,199)
5,754 

- 
7,325 

6,980 

(3,079)
67,296 
181,586 
(99,204)
1,571 

- 
9,671 

8,640 

-   
-   
-  $

-       
82,000       
191,305     $ 

(2,241)  
-    
(10,023) $

(2,241)
82,000 
182,023 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity.  

47 

 
 
  
    
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
    
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012  

1. Organization, Consolidation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  
Organization and Business  

Manhattan Associates, Inc. (“Manhattan” or the “Company”) is a developer and provider of supply chain commerce solutions that 

help organizations optimize the effectiveness, efficiency, and strategic advantages of their supply chains. The Company’s solutions 
consist of software, services, and hardware, which coordinate people, workflows, assets, events, and tasks holistically across the 
functions linked in a supply chain from planning through execution. These solutions also help coordinate the actions, data exchange, 
and communication of participants in supply chain ecosystems, such as manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, trading partners, 
transportation providers, channels (such as catalogers, store retailers, and Web outlets), and consumers.  

The Company’s operations are in North America, Europe (EMEA), and the Asia/Pacific (APAC) region. The European operations 
are conducted through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Manhattan Associates Limited, Manhattan Associates Europe B.V., 
Manhattan France SARL, and Manhattan Associates GmbH, in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, France, and Germany, 
respectively. The Company’s Asia/Pacific operations are conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Manhattan Associates Pty 
Ltd., Manhattan Associates KK, Manhattan Associates Software (Shanghai), Co. Ltd., Manhattan Associates Software Pte Ltd., and 
Manhattan Associates (India) Development Centre Private Limited in Australia, Japan, China, Singapore, and India, respectively. The 
Company occasionally sells its products and services in other countries, such as countries in Latin America, Eastern Europe, Middle 
East, and Asia, through its direct sales channel as well as various reseller channels.  

Stock Split and Increase of the Authorized Number of Shares of Common Stock  

On December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a four-for-one stock split of the Company’s common 
stock, effected in the form of a stock dividend. Each shareholder of record at the close of business on December 31, 2013 received 
three additional shares for every outstanding share held on the record date. The additional shares were distributed on January 10, 2014 
and trading began on a split-adjusted basis on January 13, 2014.  

On May 15, 2014, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation to increase 
the authorized number of shares of common stock from 100,000,000 to 200,000,000. The amendment was effective on May 15, 2014.  

All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and applicable 

disclosures have been restated to reflect the effect of the four-for-one stock split for all periods presented. The Company retained the 
current par value of $0.01 per share for all shares of common stock. Stockholders’ equity reflects the stock split by reclassifying an 
amount equal to the par value of the additional shares arising from the split from “Additional Paid-in Capital” or “Retained Earnings” 
to “Common stock.”  

Principles of Consolidation and Foreign Currency Translation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All 

significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries have been translated into United States dollars in accordance with the foreign 

currency matters topic in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the 
“Codification”). Revenues and expenses from international operations were denominated in the respective local currencies and 
translated using the average monthly exchange rates for the year. All balance sheet accounts have been translated using the exchange 
rates in effect at the balance sheet date and the effect of changes in exchange rates from year to year are disclosed as a separate 
component of shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income.  

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
New Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance codified in ASC 606, Revenue Recognition – Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 

which will replace substantially all current revenue recognition guidance once it becomes effective. The new standard provides 
accounting guidance for all revenue arising from contracts with customers and affects all entities that enter into contracts to provide 
goods or services to their customers unless the contracts are in the scope of other standards. The new standard is less prescriptive and 
may require software entities to use more judgment and estimates in the revenue recognition process than are required under existing 
revenue guidance. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, using either of the 
following transition methods: (i) a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period 
with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or (ii) a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially 
adopting the standard recognized at the date of adoption (which includes additional footnote disclosures). We are currently evaluating 
the impact of the provisions of ASC 606 on our consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the method by which 
we will adopt the standard in 2017.  

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash or cash 

equivalents.  

Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash 
and cash equivalents, short- and long-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents 
and short- and long-term investments with various financial institutions. Amounts held are above the federally insured limit.  

The Company’s sales are primarily to companies located in the United States, Europe and Asia. The Company performs periodic 
credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and does not require collateral. Accounts receivable are due principally from 
large U.S., European and Asia Pacific companies under stated contract terms. Accounts receivable, net as of December 31, 2014 for 
the Americas, EMEA, and APAC companies were $69.2 million, $13.5 million, and $4.1 million, respectively. Accounts receivable, 
net as of December 31, 2013 for the Americas, EMEA, and APAC companies were $57.0 million, $9.9 million, and $4.2 million, 
respectively. The Company’s top five customers in aggregate accounted for 10%, 11%, and 12% of total revenue recognized for each 
of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 or for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

Fair Value Measurement  

The Company measures its investments based on a fair value hierarchy disclosure framework that prioritizes and ranks the level of 
market price observability used in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of 
factors, including the type of asset or liability and their characteristics. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as 
follows:  

  Level 1–Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments.  
  Level 2–Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets 
that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in 
active markets.  

  Level 3–Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are 

unobservable.  

The Company’s investments are categorized as available-for-sale securities and recorded at fair market value. Investments with 
maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; investments with maturities of greater than 
90 days from the date of purchase but less than one year are generally classified as short-term investments; and investments with 
maturities of one year or greater from the date of purchase are generally classified as long-term investments. Unrealized holding gains 
and losses are reflected as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. For the purposes of computing 
realized gains and losses, cost is determined on a specific identification basis.  

At December 31, 2014, the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments balances were $76.7 million, $39.0 
million, and $8.7 million, respectively. Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid money market funds and certificates of deposit. 

49 

 
 
Short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit. The Company uses quoted prices from active markets that are classified at 
Level 1 as a highest level observable input in the disclosure hierarchy framework for all available-for-sale securities. At December 31, 
2014, the Company has $30.4 million in money market funds, which are classified as Level 1 and are included in cash and cash 
equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company has no long-term investments or investments classified as Level 2 or 
Level 3.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to 
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities 
at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant 
estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based upon an evaluation of historical amounts written-off, the 
customers’ ability to pay, and general economic conditions; self-insurance accruals; impairment of goodwill; stock based 
compensation, which is based on the number of awards ultimately expected to vest; and the Company’s effective income tax rate 
(including the impact of unrecognized tax benefits) and deferred tax assets, which are based upon the Company’s expectations of 
future taxable income, allowable deductions, and projected tax credits. Actual results will differ from these estimates.  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other financial instruments included 
in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate their fair values principally due to the short-term maturities of these 
instruments. Unrealized gains and losses on investments are included as a separate component of “Accumulated other comprehensive 
loss,” net of any related tax effect, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Risks Associated with Single Business Line, Technological Advances, and Foreign Operations  

The Company currently derives a substantial portion of its revenues from sales of its software and related services and hardware. 

The markets for supply chain execution and supply chain planning solutions are highly competitive, subject to rapid technological 
change, changing customer needs, frequent new product introductions, and evolving industry standards that may render existing 
products and services obsolete. As a result, the Company’s position in these markets could be eroded rapidly by unforeseen changes in 
customer requirements for application features, functions, and technologies. The Company’s growth and future operating results will 
depend, in part, upon its ability to enhance existing applications and develop and introduce new applications that meet changing 
customer requirements that respond to competitive products and that achieve market acceptance. Any factor adversely affecting the 
markets for supply chain execution and supply chain planning solutions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and operating cash flows.  

The Company’s international business is subject to risks typical of an international business, including, but not limited to, differing 
economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate 
volatility. In addition, we have a large development center in Bangalore, India, that does not have a natural in-market revenue hedge to 
mitigate currency risk to our operating expense in India. Fluctuations in the value of other currencies, particularly the Indian rupee, 
could significantly affect our revenues, expenses, operating profit and net income. The Company recognized a foreign exchange loss 
of $0.4 million in 2014, a foreign exchange rate gain of $0.7 million in 2013, and a foreign exchange rate loss of $0.1 million in 2012. 
Foreign exchange rate transaction gains and losses are classified in “Other (loss) income, net” on the Consolidated Statements of 
Income.  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company’s revenue consists of fees from the licensing and hosting of software (collectively included in “Software license” 

revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income), fees from implementation and training services (collectively, “professional 
services”) and customer support services and software enhancements (collectively with professional services revenue included in 
“Services” revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income), and sales of hardware and other revenue, which consists of 
reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our professional services (collectively included in “Hardware 
and other” revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income). All revenue is recognized net of any related sales taxes.  

50 

 
 
The Company recognizes license revenue when the following criteria are met: (1) a signed contract is obtained covering all 

elements of the arrangement, (2) delivery of the product has occurred, (3) the license fee is fixed or determinable, and (4) collection is 
probable. Revenue recognition for software with multiple-element arrangements requires recognition of revenue using the “residual 
method” when (a) there is vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the fair values of all undelivered elements in a multiple-
element arrangement that is not accounted for using long-term contract accounting, (b) VSOE of fair value does not exist for one or 
more of the delivered elements in the arrangement, and (c) all other applicable revenue-recognition criteria for software revenue 
recognition are satisfied. For those contracts that contain significant customization or modifications, license revenue is recognized 
using contract accounting.  

The Company allocates revenue to customer support services and software enhancements and any other undelivered elements of 
the arrangement based on VSOE of fair value of each element, and such amounts are deferred until the applicable delivery criteria and 
other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The balance of the revenue, net of any discounts inherent in the arrangement, is 
recognized at the outset of the arrangement using the residual method as the product licenses are delivered. If the Company cannot 
objectively determine the fair value of each undelivered element based on the VSOE of fair value, the Company defers revenue 
recognition until all elements are delivered, all services have been performed, or until fair value can be objectively determined. The 
Company must apply judgment in determining all elements of the arrangement and in determining the VSOE of fair value for each 
element, considering the price charged for each product on a stand-alone basis or applicable renewal rates. For arrangements that 
include future software functionality deliverables, the Company accounts for these deliverables as a separate element of the 
arrangement. Because the Company does not sell these deliverables on a standalone basis, the Company is not able to establish VSOE 
of fair value of these deliverables. As a result, the Company defers all revenue under the arrangement until the future functionality has 
been delivered to the customer.  

Payment terms for the Company’s software licenses vary. Each contract is evaluated individually to determine whether the fees in 

the contract are fixed or determinable and whether collectability is probable. Judgment is required in assessing the probability of 
collection, which is generally based on evaluation of customer-specific information, historical collection experience, and economic 
market conditions. If market conditions decline, or if the financial conditions of customers deteriorate, the Company may be unable to 
determine that collectability is probable, and the Company could be required to defer the recognition of revenue until the Company 
receives customer payments. The Company has an established history of collecting under the terms of its software license contracts 
without providing refunds or concessions to its customers. Therefore, the Company has determined that the presence of payment terms 
that extend beyond contract execution in a particular contract do not preclude the conclusion that the fees in the contract are fixed or 
determinable. Although infrequent, when payment terms in a contract extend beyond our standard terms or twelve months, the 
Company has determined that such fees are not fixed or determinable and recognizes revenue as payments become due provided that 
all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.  

The Company’s services revenue consists of fees generated from professional services and customer support and software 
enhancements related to the Company’s software products. Professional services include system planning, design, configuration, 
testing, and other software implementation support, and are not typically essential to the functionality of the software. Fees from 
professional services performed by the Company are separately priced and are generally billed on an hourly basis, and revenue is 
recognized as the services are performed. In certain situations, professional services are rendered under agreements in which billings 
are limited to contractual maximums or based upon a fixed fee for portions of or all of the engagement. Revenue related to fixed-fee-
based contracts is recognized on a proportional performance basis based on the hours incurred on discrete projects within an overall 
services arrangement. The Company has determined that output measures, or services delivered, approximate the input measures 
associated with fixed-fee services arrangements. Project losses are provided for in their entirety in the period in which they become 
known. Revenue related to customer support services and software enhancements is generally paid in advance and recognized ratably 
over the term of the agreement, typically twelve months.  

Hardware and other revenue is generated from the resale of a variety of hardware products, developed and manufactured by third 

parties, that are integrated with and complementary to the Company’s software solutions. As part of a complete solution, the 
Company’s customers periodically purchase hardware from the Company for use with the software licenses purchased from the 
Company. These products include computer hardware, radio frequency terminal networks, radio frequency identification (RFID) chip 
readers, bar code printers and scanners, and other peripherals. Hardware revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer when 
title passes. The Company generally purchases hardware from the Company’s vendors only after receiving an order from a customer. 
As a result, the Company generally does not maintain hardware inventory.  

In accordance with the other presentation matters within the Revenue Recognition Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards 
Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), the Company recognizes amounts associated with reimbursements from 
customers for out-of-pocket expenses as revenue. Such amounts have been included in “Hardware and other” revenue in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. The total amount of expense reimbursement recorded to revenue was $18.9 million, $15.3 
million, and $12.6 million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

51 

 
 
Deferred Revenue  

Deferred revenue represents amounts collected prior to having completed performance of professional services, customer support 
services and software enhancements, and significant remaining obligations under license agreements. The Company generally expects 
to complete such services or obligations within the next twelve months.  

Returns and Allowances  

The Company has not experienced significant returns or warranty claims to date and, as a result, has not recorded a provision for 

the cost of returns and product warranty claims at December 31, 2014 or 2013.  

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the historical experience of write-offs and a detailed assessment 

of accounts receivable. Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts generally represent a sales allowance on services revenue, 
which are recorded to operations as a reduction to services revenue. The total amounts charged to operations were $4.8 million, $2.9 
million, and $4.3 million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, management 
considers the age of the accounts receivable, the Company’s historical write-offs, and the creditworthiness of the customer, among 
other factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimates made by management will also change accordingly, which could affect 
the level of the Company’s future allowances. Uncollectible accounts are written off when it is determined that the specific balance is 
not collectible.  

Property and Equipment  

Property and equipment is recorded at cost and consists of furniture, computers, other office equipment, internal use software, and 
leasehold improvements. The Company depreciates the cost of furniture, computers, other office equipment, and internal use software 
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (three to five years for computer software, five years for office equipment, 
seven years for furniture and fixtures). Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of their useful lives or the term of the 
lease. Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was 
approximately $6.4 million, $5.8 million, and $5.6 million, respectively, and was included in “Depreciation and amortization” in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the following (in thousands):  

Office equipment 
Computer software 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvement 

Property, plan and equipment, gross 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Property, plan and equipment, net 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

 $

 $

32,916   $
17,351    
3,022    
15,191    
68,480    
(51,215)  
17,265   $

29,767  
16,485  
2,707  
15,313  
64,272  
(49,930 )
14,342  

Software Development Costs  

Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, 

the Company did not capitalize any internal research and development costs because the costs incurred between the attainment of 
technological feasibility for the related software product through the date when the product was available for general release to 
customers have been insignificant.  

The Company determines the amount of development costs capitalizable under the provisions of FASB Codification accounting for 

costs of computer software to be sold, leased, or marketed. Under this guidance, computer software development costs are charged to 
R&D expense until technological feasibility is established, after which remaining software production costs are capitalized. The 
Company has defined technological feasibility as the point in time at which the Company has a detailed program design or a working 
model of the related product, depending on the type of development efforts, and high-risk development issues have been resolved 
through end-to-end system testing.  

52 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

The Company reviews the values assigned to long-lived assets, including property and certain intangible assets, to determine 

whether events and circumstances have occurred which indicate that the remaining estimated useful lives may warrant revision or that 
the remaining balances may not be recoverable. In such reviews, undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets are compared 
with their carrying value to determine if a write-down to fair value is required. During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company did not 
recognize any impairment charges associated with its long-lived or intangible assets.  

The evaluation of asset impairment requires management to make assumptions about future cash flows over the life of the asset 
being evaluated. These assumptions require significant judgment, and actual results may differ from assumed and estimated amounts.  

Goodwill and Impairment of Goodwill  
Goodwill  

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of net identified tangible and intangible assets and liabilities 
acquired. The Company does not amortize goodwill, but instead tests goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis. Goodwill 
was $62.3 million at the end of each year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Approximately $36.0 million of the gross Goodwill 
balance is deductible for income tax purposes. To date, there have been no goodwill impairments.  

Impairment of Goodwill  

The Company evaluates the carrying value of goodwill annually as of December 31 and between annual evaluations if events occur 

or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such 
circumstances could include, but are not limited to, (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, 
(2) unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.  

The Company applied the simplified goodwill impairment test for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, that permits companies 

to perform a qualitative assessment based on economic, industry and company-specific factors as the initial step in the annual 
goodwill impairment test for all or selected reporting units. Based on the results of the qualitative assessment, companies are only 
required to perform Step 1 of the annual impairment test for a reporting unit if the company concludes that it is not more likely than 
not that the unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. To the extent the Company concludes it is more likely than not that a 
reporting unit’s estimated fair value is less than its carrying amount, the two-step approach is applied. The first step would require a 
comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to the respective carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second 
step is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The Company did not identify any macroeconomic or industry 
conditions as of December 31, 2014, that would indicate the fair value of the reporting units were more likely than not to be less than 
their respective carrying values. If circumstances change or events occur to indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of any 
reporting units have fallen below their carrying value, the Company would test such reporting unit for impairment. The Company 
performed its periodic review of its goodwill for impairment as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, and did not identify any impairment 
as a result of the review.  

Guarantees and Indemnities  

The Company accounts for guarantees in accordance with the guarantee accounting topic in the FASB Codification. Our customer 

contracts generally contain infringement indemnity provisions. Under those provisions, we generally agree, subject to certain 
exceptions, to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the customer in connection with third party claims against the customer alleging 
that the customer’s use of our software products in compliance with their license infringe the third party’s patent, copyright, or other 
intellectual property rights. Conditions to our obligations generally include that we are provided the right to control the defense of the 
claims and, in general, to control settlement negotiations. Those provisions generally provide also that, if the customer is prevented 
from using our software because of a third party infringement claim, our sole obligation (in addition to the indemnification, defense, 
and hold harmless obligation referred to above) is to, at our expense, (i) procure for the customer the right to continue to use the 
software, (ii) to replace or modify the product so that its use by the customer does not infringe, or, if either of the foregoing are not 
reasonably feasible, to terminate the customer contract and provide a refund of the unamortized portion of the customer’s license fee 
(based on a five year amortization period). Our customer contracts sometimes also require us to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless 
the customer in connection with death, personal injury, or property damage claims made by third parties with respect to actions of our 
personnel or contractors. The indemnity obligations contained in our customer contracts generally have no specified expiration date 
and no specified monetary limitation on liability. We have not previously incurred costs to settle claims or pay awards under these 
indemnification obligations. We account for these indemnity obligations in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for 
contingencies, and record a liability for these obligations when a loss is probable and reasonably estimable. We have not recorded any 
liabilities for these contracts as of December 31, 2014, or 2013.  

53 

 
 
In general, in our customer contracts, the Company warrants to its customers that its software products will perform in all material 
respects in accordance with the standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the licensed products to the 
customer for six months after first use of the licensed products, but no more than 24 months after execution of the license agreement. 
Additionally, the Company warrants to its customers that services will be performed consistent with generally accepted industry 
standards or specific service levels through completion of the agreed upon services. If necessary, the Company will provide for the 
estimated cost of product and service warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history. However, the Company has not 
incurred significant recurring expense under product or service warranties. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value 
of these agreements is nominal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2014, 
and 2013.  

Segment Information  

The Company has three reporting segments: Americas, EMEA, and APAC as defined by FASB Codification topic for segment 

reporting. See Note 7 for discussion of the Company’s reporting segments.  

Advertising Costs  

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $168,000, $154,000, and $95,000 in 2014, 2013, and 2012, 

respectively. Advertising costs are included in “Sales and marketing” in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share  

Basic net income per share is computed using net income divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock 

outstanding (“Weighted Shares”) for the period presented.  

Diluted net income per share is computed using net income divided by Weighted Shares and the treasury stock method effect of 
common equivalent shares (“CESs”) outstanding for each period presented. The following is a reconciliation of the shares used in the 
computation of net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 (in thousands, except per share data – 
stock split adjusted):  

Net income 
Earnings per share: 
Basic 
Effect of CESs 
Diluted 

Weighted average number of shares: 
Basic 
Effect of CESs 
Diluted 

  $

  $

  $

2014 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2012 

82,000  $

67,296    $ 

51,853 

1.09  $
(0.01)  
1.08  $

74,995 
846 
75,841 

0.88    $ 
(0.02 )    
0.86    $ 

76,664      
1,268      
77,932      

0.66 
(0.02)
0.64 

78,640 
2,444 
81,084 

There were no anti-dilutive CESs in 2014, 2013 and 2012. See Note 2 for further information on those securities.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  

Comprehensive income includes net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on 
investments that are excluded from net income and reflected in shareholders’ equity. The entire accumulated other comprehensive 
income balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 represents foreign currency translation adjustments.  

54 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
     
  
 
     
 
  
   
 
 
      
 
   
        
        
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
2. Equity-Based Compensation  
Equity Based Compensation Plans  

As discussed in Note 1, on December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a four-for-one stock split of the 
Company’s common stock, effected in the form of a stock dividend. All references to stock award data have been restated to reflect 
the effect of the stock split for all periods presented.  

In May 2007, the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) was approved by the shareholders of the 

Company and subsequently amended in May 2009 and May 2011. The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted 
stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights. Vesting conditions can be service-based or performance-based, or a 
combination of both.  

As amended, a maximum of 30,000,000 shares are available for grant under the 2007 Plan. Each stock option or stock appreciation 

right granted is counted against the maximum share limitation as one share, and each share of restricted stock or restricted stock unit 
granted (including those that are service based or performance based) counts against the maximum share limitation as two shares. 
Options and stock appreciation rights cannot have a term exceeding seven years. As of December 31, 2014, there were 12,936,372 
shares available for issuance under the amended 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the 
Board of Directors. The committee has the authority to interpret the provisions thereof.  

The restricted stock awards contain vesting provisions that are 50% service based and 50% performance based for employee 
awards and 100% service based for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (“Outside Directors”). The employee awards 
have a four year vesting period, with the performance portion tied to annual revenue and earnings per share targets. The awards to 
Outside Directors have a one year vesting period. The Company recognizes compensation cost for service-based restricted awards 
with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the entire vesting period, with the amount of compensation cost recognized at any 
date at least equal to the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. For its performance-based restricted 
stock awards with graded vesting, the Company recognizes compensation cost on an accelerated basis applying straight-line expensing 
for each separately vesting portion of each award.  

In January 2012, in order to simplify equity grant administration, the Company changed its practice of granting restricted stock in 
favor of granting restricted stock units, or RSUs, which convert to the Company’s common stock upon vesting. There is no material 
difference between the grant of restricted stock and the grant of RSUs to either the Company or the recipients receiving the grants; 
however, in contrast to the granting of restricted stock, no stock will actually be issued under the granting of RSUs until the units vest. 
The Company does not currently grant stock options.  

Stock Option Awards  

The Company recorded equity-based compensation related to stock options granted prior to 2011 of $0.2 million and $0.6 million 
during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No amounts were recorded for equity-based compensation expense 
related to stock options during the year ended December 31, 2014 as all stock options vested prior to 2014. The Company does not 
currently grant stock options. A summary of changes in outstanding options for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:  

Number of 
Shares

Weighted 
Average 

Exercise Price    

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
thousands)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2014 

Exercised 
Forfeited and expired 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

444,420    $
(286,456)   $
(4,200)   $
153,764    $

5.23        
5.48        
4.63        
4.78     

1.2     $

5,526 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 
2014 
Exercisable at December 31, 2014 

No stock options were granted in 2012, 2013 or 2014.  

153,764    $
153,764    $

4.78     
4.78     

1.2     $
1.2     $

5,526 
5,526 

55 

 
 
  
  
 
   
     
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
        
 
   
  
      
        
        
        
 
   
   
As of December 31, 2014, there is no unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards. The total intrinsic 
value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 based on market value at the exercise dates was 
$8.9 million, $13.9 million, and $31.2 million, respectively.  

Restricted Stock and RSU Awards  

A summary of changes in unvested shares/units of restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:  

Outstanding at January 1, 2014 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

Number of 
Shares/Units   

Grant Date 
Fair Value   
11.74  
32.43  
9.98  
16.31  
18.43  

1,777,384    $ 
392,386      
(733,094)     
(90,614)     
1,346,062    $ 

The Company recorded equity-based compensation related to restricted stock and RSUs of $9.7 million, $7.1 million, and $7.7 
million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested 
during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, based on market value at the vesting dates was $23.9 million, $26.8 
million, and $15.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted 
stock awards totaled $12.9 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.4 years.  

Included in the RSU grants for the year ended December 31, 2014, are 148,916 units that have performance-based vesting 

criteria. As noted above, the performance criteria are tied to the Company’s 2014 financial performance. As of December 31, 2014, 
the performance criteria for the fiscal year were met and the associated equity-based compensation expense has been recognized for 
the portion of the award attributable to 2014 services.  

3. Income Taxes  

The Company is subject to future federal, state, and foreign income taxes and has recorded net deferred tax assets on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the 
difference between the financial accounting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Significant components of the Company’s deferred 
tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows (in thousands):  

Deferred tax assets: 
Accounts receivable 
Accrued liabilities 
Equity-based compensation 
Capitalized costs 
Accrued sales taxes 
Deferred rent 
State tax credits 
Foreign subsidiary net operating losses 
Tax credits - foreign 
Valuation allowance 
Other 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Intangible assets 
Depreciation 

Net deferred tax assets 

56 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

$

$

$

1,308  $
8,481   
3,471   
1,428   
181   
2,238   
3,848   
1,094   
-   
(5,071)  
449   
17,427  $

9,264   
1,953   
11,217   
6,210  $

1,010   
5,780   
2,948   
2,106   
181   
2,140   
4,018   
1,770   
210   
(6,188 ) 
560   
14,535   

7,806   
2,178   
9,984   
4,551   

 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
The components of income from domestic and foreign operations before income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 

2014, 2013, and 2012, are as follows (in thousands):  

Domestic 
Foreign 
Total 

   $

$

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 
118,448  $
9,550   
127,998  $

94,336     $ 
8,773       
103,109     $ 

75,731 
5,307 
81,038 

The components of the income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, are as follows (in 

thousands):  

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

Current: 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total 

   $

$

37,076   $
5,593    
5,034    
47,703    

(1,490)  
(375)  
160    
(1,705)  
45,998   $

25,682     $ 
3,292       
3,674       
32,648       

2,877       
(341 )     
629       
3,165       
35,813     $ 

20,150 
1,835 
1,702 
23,687 

4,670 
232 
596 
5,498 
29,185 

The income tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options were approximately $3.1 million, $4.8 million, and $11.0 million 

for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

As a result of losses in foreign locations, the Company has net operating loss carry-forwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $3.9 
million available to offset future income. Approximately $3.4 million of the NOLs expire in 2015 to 2020, and the remainder does not 
expire. The Company has established a valuation allowance for substantially all of these NOLs because the ability to utilize them is 
not more likely than not.  

The Company has tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $5.9 million available to offset future state tax. These tax credit 
carry-forwards expire in 2017 to 2024. These credits represent a deferred tax asset of $3.8 million after consideration of the federal 
benefit of state tax deductions. A valuation allowance of $2.7 million has been established for these credits because the ability to use 
them is not more likely than not.  

Deferred taxes are not provided for temporary differences of approximately $35.7 million, $31.4 million, and $29.5 million as of 
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, representing earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently 
reinvested. Those earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested; accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income 
taxes has been provided thereon. Upon repatriation of those earnings, in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be 
subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign 
countries. It is impractical to calculate the tax impact until such repatriation occurs.  

57 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
    
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
       
       
        
 
    
    
  
    
       
       
        
 
    
    
    
  
    
 
 
The following is a summary of the items that cause recorded income taxes to differ from taxes computed using the statutory federal 

income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:  

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

Statutory federal income tax rate 
Effect of: 

State income tax, net of federal benefit 
State credit carryforwards 
U.S. federal R&D tax credit 
Foreign operations 
Tax exempt income 
Tax contingencies 
Other permanent differences 
Change in valuation allowance 

Income taxes 

35.0%  

35.0 %     

35.0%

2.7  
0.1  
(0.9)    
(0.4)    
-  
(0.4)    
0.1  
(0.3)    
35.9%  

2.0        
(0.9 )      
(2.0 )      
(0.4 )      
-        
1.2        
(0.5 )      
0.3        
34.7 %     

1.8  
(0.1) 
-  
-  
-  
-  
(0.7) 
-  
36.0%

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows for the years ended December 31, 

2014, 2013, and 2012 (in thousands):  

2014 

December 31, 
2013 

2012 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 

  $

(5,122)  $

(3,375 )   $ 

(3,466)

Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a 
   result of tax positions taken during a prior period 
Gross amount of decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a 
    result of tax positions taken during a prior period 
Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a 
   result of tax positions taken during the current period 
Amounts of decreases in the unrecognized tax benefits relating to 
   settlements with taxing authorities 
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of 
   the applicable statute of limitations 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 

(18)   

(804 )     

508     

61       

(94)

87 

(481)   

(1,460 )     

(142)

-     

-       

- 

658     
(4,455)  $

456       
(5,122 )   $ 

240 
(3,375)

  $

The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $4.5 million and $5.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Included in these amounts are unrecognized tax benefits totaling $2.8 million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively, which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.  

The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within its global operations in 

income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company recognized $0.1 million, $0.2 million, 
and $0.2 million, respectively, of expense for the potential payment of interest and penalties. Accrued interest and penalties were $0.8 
million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013. The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, 
files income tax returns in the United State federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is generally 
no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local, or non-US income tax examinations for the years before 2010. Due to the expiration 
of statutes of limitations in multiple jurisdictions globally during 2015, the Company anticipates it is reasonably possible that 
unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by $0.1 million.  

4. Shareholders’ Equity  

During 2014, 2013, and 2012, the Company purchased 2,620,118, 2,831,520, and 7,779,312 shares of the Company’s common 
stock for approximately $91.1 million, $59.2 million, and $99.7 million, respectively, through open market transactions as part of a 
publicly-announced share repurchase program. In January 2015, the Board of Directors increased the remaining share repurchase 
authority to $50 million.  

58 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
   
  
     
  
      
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
5. Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

Rents charged to expense were approximately $6.3 million, $5.9 million, and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 

2013, and 2012, respectively. In August 2012, the Company amended its Atlanta headquarters lease to obtain additional space and 
received reimbursement of $0.2 million from the landlord for leasehold improvements as part of the agreement. The entire cash rent 
obligation is being amortized to expense on a straight line basis over the lease term.  

Aggregate future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2014 are as follows (in 

thousands):  

Year Ending December 31, 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

Total minimum payments required 

$

$

5,769   
5,942   
6,154   
5,502   
4,743   
26,167   
54,277   

There are no future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 2014.  

Legal and Other Matters  

From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its ordinary course of business, and 
occasionally legal proceeding not in the ordinary course. Many of the Company’s installations involve products that are critical to the 
operations of its clients’ businesses. Any failure in a Company product could result in a claim for substantial damages against the 
Company, regardless of the Company’s responsibility for such failure. Although the Company attempts to limit contractually its 
liability for damages arising from product failures or negligent acts or omissions, there can be no assurance that the limitations of 
liability set forth in its contracts will be enforceable in all instances. The Company is not currently a party to any ordinary course legal 
proceeding or other legal proceedings the result of which it believes is likely to have a material adverse impact upon its business, 
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The Company expenses legal costs associated with loss contingencies as such 
legal costs are incurred.  

6. Employee Benefit Plan  

The Company sponsors the Manhattan Associates 401(k) Plan and Trust (the “401(k) Plan”), a qualified profit sharing plan with a 

401(k) feature covering substantially all employees of the Company. Under the 401(k) Plan’s deferred compensation arrangement, 
eligible employees who elect to participate in the 401(k) Plan may contribute up to 60% of eligible compensation up to $17,500, as 
defined, to the 401(k) Plan. The Internal Revenue Service raised the eligible compensation limit to $260,000 for 2014. Since 2012, the 
Company has provided a 50% matching contribution up to 6% of eligible compensation being contributed after the participant’s first 
year of employment. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company made matching contributions to the 
401(k) Plan of $3.1 million, $2.7 million, and $2.4 million, respectively.  

7. Reporting Segments  

The Company manages the business by three geographic reportable segments: the Americas, EMEA, and APAC. All segments 
derive revenue from the sale and implementation of the Company’s supply chain execution and planning solutions. The individual 
products sold by the segments are similar in nature and are all designed to help companies manage the effectiveness and efficiency of 
their supply chain. The Company uses the same accounting policies for each reporting segment. The chief executive officer and chief 
financial officer evaluate performance based on revenue and operating results for each region.  

The Americas segment charges royalty fees to the other segments based on software licenses sold by those reporting segments. The 

royalties, which totaled $3.0 million, $3.2 million, and $2.9 million in 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, are included in cost of 
revenue for each segment with a corresponding reduction in America’s cost of revenue. The revenues represented below are from 

59 

 
 
 
 
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
external customers only. The geographical-based costs consist of costs of professional services personnel, direct sales and marketing 
expenses, cost of infrastructure to support the employees and customer base, billing and financial systems, management and general 
and administrative support. There are certain corporate expenses included in the Americas region that are not charged to the other 
segments, including research and development, certain marketing and general and administrative costs that support the global 
organization, and the amortization of acquired developed technology. Included in the Americas’ costs are all research and 
development costs including the costs associated with the Company’s India operations.  

Amortization expense on intangible assets in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was immaterial.  

In accordance with the segment reporting topic of the FASB Codification, the Company has included a summary of financial 
information by reportable segment. The following table presents the revenues, expenses, and operating income by reportable segment 
for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 (in thousands):  

  Americas     EMEA 

2014 
    APAC  Consolidated Americas   EMEA      APAC 

2013 

  Consolidated 

Year Ended December 31, 

Revenue: 

Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 

7,505    $

  $  59,502     $ 
     301,025        51,440   
     41,437       
1,910   
     401,964        60,855   

4,576
23,558
1,151
29,285

$

71,583   $ 49,574  $
376,023     254,934 
44,498    
33,836 
492,104     338,344 

4,984  $

7,858     $ 
41,020        19,947 
1,536       
829 
50,414        25,760 

62,416 
315,901 
36,201 
414,518 

Costs and Expenses: 
Cost of revenue 
Operating expenses 
Depreciation and 
amortization 

Total costs and 
expenses 

Operating income 

     167,631        30,694   
     126,570        14,557   

14,253
4,898

212,578     142,006 
146,025     107,639 

26,111        13,034 
4,909 
13,707       

181,151 
126,255 

5,827   

291   

259

6,377    

5,248 

308   

269 

5,825 

     300,028   
  $  101,936     $  15,313    $

  45,542   

19,410
9,875

$

364,980     254,893 
127,124   $ 83,451  $ 10,288     $ 

40,126   

   18,212 

7,548  $

313,231 
101,287 

   Americas 

EMEA 

APAC 

      Consolidated 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 

Revenue: 

Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 

Costs and Expenses: 
Cost of revenue 
Operating expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Total costs and expenses 

 $ 

50,036  $

228,673 
28,883 
307,592 

126,342 
110,575 
5,158 
242,075 

Operating income 

  $ 

65,517  $

9,569  $
36,167 
1,402 
47,138 

23,998 
13,153 
262 
37,413 
9,725  $

1,889     $ 
19,032       
597       
21,518       

11,397       
5,072       
218       
16,687       
4,831     $ 

61,494 
283,872 
30,882 
376,248 

161,737 
128,800 
5,638 
296,175 
80,073 

60 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
     
  
       
        
        
     
  
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
       
   
   
 
 
       
 
 
 
    
       
   
   
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
   
 
      
        
        
        
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
 
 
 
 
       
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
The following table presents the goodwill, long-lived assets, and total assets by reporting segment as of December 31, 2014 and 

2013 (in thousands):  

As of December 31, 2014 

As of December 31, 2013 

Goodwill, net 
Long lived 
assets 
Total assets 

   Americas       EMEA 
  $ 
54,766     $ 

5,521     $ 

      APAC 

    Consolidated    Americas     EMEA 

      APAC 

1,963    $

62,250    $

54,766  $

5,543     $ 

    Consolidated
62,272

1,963  $

22,411       
     284,304       

2,467       
24,117       

911     
9,749     

25,789     
318,170     

14,885 
267,778 

752       
20,556       

754 
9,494 

16,391
297,828

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, we derived revenue from sales to customers outside the United State of 
approximately $134.6 million, $110.8 million, and $104.4 million, respectively. Our remaining revenue was derived from domestic 
sales.  

License revenues related to our warehouse and non-warehouse product groups for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 

2012, are as follows (in thousands):  

Warehouse 
Non-Warehouse 

Total software license revenue 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

  $

  $

40,084    $
31,499     
71,583    $

39,409     $ 
23,007       
62,416     $ 

40,068 
21,426 
61,494 

Our services revenue consists of fees generated from professional services, customer support services and software enhancements 

related to our software products for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, are as follows (in thousands):  

Professional services 
Customer support and software enhancements 

Total services revenue 

  $

  $

260,058   $
115,965    
376,023   $

210,823     $ 
105,078       
315,901     $ 

185,242 
98,630 
283,872 

Year Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

8. Acquisition  

On August 11, 2014, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Global Bay Mobile Technologies, Inc. for 

approximately $2.8 million to extend our market leading omni-channel Inventory and Order Management solutions by enabling in 
store sales and clienteling capabilities. The purchase price does not represent a material amount to the Company’s consolidated 
financial position or results of operations. The entire purchase price was allocated to acquired intangible assets.  

9. Subsequent Events  

The Company evaluated all subsequent events that occurred after the date of the accompanying financial statements and 
determined that there were no events or transactions during this subsequent event reporting period which require recognition or 
disclosure in the Company’s financial statements.  

61 

 
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)  

Following is the quarterly results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The unaudited 
quarterly results have been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements. As discussed in 
Note 1, on December 19, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a four-for-one stock split of the Company’s 
Common Stock, effected in the form of a stock dividend. All references made to share or per share amounts have been restated to 
reflect the effect of the stock split.  

March 31,
2013 

June 30, 
2013 

Sep 30, 
2013 

Dec 31, 
2013 

March 31
2014 

June 30, 
2014 

Sep 30, 
2014 

Dec 31, 
2014 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Quarter Ended 

Statements of Income Data: 
Revenue: 

Software license 
Services 
Hardware and other 
Total revenue 
Costs and expenses: 
Cost of license 
Cost of services 
Cost of hardware and other 
Research and development 
Sales and marketing 
General and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Total costs and expenses 

Operating income 
Other income (loss), net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Shares used in computing basic 
earnings per share 
Shares used in computing diluted 
earnings per share 

 $  14,245      $  16,136    $ 14,768    $ 17,267  $ 17,107    $  17,989     $ 16,945  $ 19,542
77,786   
97,073
12,546   
13,788
  107,599    113,563       122,530       125,608  130,403

86,913       93,519      
9,543       11,022      

85,025   
8,009   
  107,802   

   78,203   
8,177   
   102,516   

74,887     
7,469     
96,601     

98,518 
10,145 

1,778     
35,046     
6,214     
11,476     
11,434     
9,508     
1,484     
76,940     
19,661     
151     
19,812     
6,457     

1,937   
   35,058   
7,023   
   11,032   
   11,888   
7,932   
1,459   
   76,329   
   26,187   
1,243   
   27,430   
   10,023   

1,970
1,679 
45,534
43,689 
11,088
8,496 
13,047
12,236 
16,273
11,476 
11,694
10,856 
1,675 
1,725
90,107  101,331
29,072
35,501 
850
(55)
29,922
35,446 
9,568
13,106 
 $  13,355      $  17,407    $ 19,688    $ 16,846  $ 18,712    $  20,594     $ 22,340  $ 20,354
 $ 
0.27
 $ 
0.27

1,613      
1,848      
38,460       41,457      
7,479      
9,265      
11,803       11,867      
12,020       12,848      
10,649       11,256      
1,488      
1,489      
83,512       90,030      
30,051       32,500      
312      
29,818       32,812      
11,106       12,218      

2,564   
36,297   
10,142   
11,135   
11,374   
9,952   
1,468   
82,932   
24,667   
(118)  
24,549   
7,703   

2,445   
35,835   
6,812   
10,906   
9,863   
9,755   
1,414   
77,030   
30,772   
546   
31,318   
11,630   

0.17      $ 
0.17      $ 

0.23    $
0.22    $

0.26    $
0.25    $

0.25    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.22  $
0.22  $

0.27     $
0.27     $

0.30  $
0.30  $

(233 )    

77,308     

   76,888   

76,452   

76,032   

75,817   

   75,274   

74,687 

74,223

78,740     

   78,036   

77,552   

77,256   

76,795   

   76,037   

75,466 

75,034

62 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
      
    
    
   
    
   
    
      
       
        
      
      
    
    
   
    
   
    
      
       
        
      
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
    
     
  
   
 
   
 
   
        
        
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None.  

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures  
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified 
in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

No system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system 
of controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the system of controls has operated effectively in 
all cases. Our disclosure controls and procedures, however, are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of 
disclosure controls and procedures are met.  

As of the end of the period covered by this report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluated, with the 

participation of management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation, our Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of disclosure controls and procedures are 
met.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, 
and the report of Ernst & Young LLP on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting are contained on 
pages 43 and 44 of this report.  

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

During the fourth quarter of 2014, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, including any corrective actions 
with regard to material weaknesses.  

 Other Information  

Item 9B. 
None.  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III  

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information contained in our Proxy Statement for the 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders expected to be filed with the SEC on or prior to April 13, 2015, under the captions “Election of 
Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Code of Ethics,” and “Board 
Committees.”  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the relevant information contained in our Proxy Statement 
for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders expected to be filed with the SEC on or prior to April 13, 2015, under the captions “Director 
Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation 
Committee Report.”  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the relevant information contained in our Proxy Statement 

for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders expected to be filed with the SEC on or prior to April 13, 2015, under the caption “Security 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” The information required by this item with respect to the Company’s 
securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is included in Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
and is incorporated by reference herein.  

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the relevant information contained in our Proxy Statement 

for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders expected to be filed with the SEC on or prior to April 13, 2015, under the captions “Related 
Party Transactions” and “Election of Directors.”  

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the relevant information contained in our Proxy Statement 

for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders expected to be filed with the SEC on or prior to April 13, 2015, under the caption 
“Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Item 15. 
(a)  1. Financial Statements.  

The response to this item is submitted as a separate section of this Form 10-K. See Item 8.  

2.  Financial Statement Schedule.  

The following financial statement schedule is filed as a part of this report:  

SCHEDULE II  
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  

Classification: 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
For the year ended: 
December 31, 2012 
December 31, 2013 
December 31, 2014 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance 
For the year ended: 
December 31, 2012 
December 31, 2013 
December 31, 2014 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period     

Additions 
Charged to 
Operations   

Net 
Deductions  

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

  $ 4,816,000    $ 4,294,000      $  2,875,000  (a) $ 6,235,000 
  $ 6,235,000    $ 2,901,000      $  5,980,000  (a) $ 3,156,000 
  $ 3,156,000    $ 4,778,000      $  3,770,000  (a) $ 4,164,000 

  $ 6,711,000    $
  $ 5,965,000    $
  $ 6,188,000    $

223,000      $ 

-      $  746,000  (b)$ 5,965,000 
-     $ 6,188,000 
-      $  1,117,000     $ 5,071,000 

 (a) Represents write-offs of accounts, net of recoveries. 
(b) Represents current year releases credited to expenses and current year reductions due to decreases in net deferred tax assets. 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial 

statements or notes thereto.  

3.  Exhibits.  
See (b) below.  

(b) The exhibits listed below under “Exhibit Index” are filed with or incorporated by reference in this Report. Where such filing is 
made by incorporation by reference to a previously filed registration statement or report, such registration statement or report is 
identified in parentheses.  
(c) See Item 15(a)(2).  

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      
        
    
    
    
    
 
      
        
    
    
    
    
 
  
   
     
     
  
    
 
 
      
        
    
    
    
    
 
      
        
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC.

By: /s/ Eddie Capel  
 Eddie Capel 
 President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Date: February 5, 2015  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature 

/s/ John J. Huntz, Jr.  
John J. Huntz, Jr. 

/s/ Eddie Capel  
Eddie Capel 

/s/ Dennis B. Story  
Dennis B. Story 

/s/ Brian J. Cassidy  
Brian J. Cassidy 

/s/ Dan J. Lautenbach  
Dan J. Lautenbach 

/s/ Thomas E. Noonan  
Thomas E. Noonan 

/s/ Deepak Raghavan  
Deepak Raghavan 

/s/ Peter F. Sinisgalli  
Peter F. Sinisgalli 

Title 

Date 

   Chairman of the Board 

  February 5, 2015 

   President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director 

  February 5, 2015 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer 

  February 5, 2015 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

  February 5, 2015 

  February 5, 2015 

  February 5, 2015 

  February 5, 2015 

  February 5, 2015 

66 

 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
The following exhibits are filed with this Report.  

EXHIBIT INDEX  

Description 

Exhibit 
Number 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1(a) 

       (b) 

       (c) 

       (d) 

10.2(a) 

       (b) 

       (c) 

       (d) 

       (e) 

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant dated February 24, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2014 (File No. 00023999), filed on July 29, 
2014). 

Amended Bylaws of the Registrant (As Amended Effective October 13, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 
to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-23999), filed on October 19, 2010). 

Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Registrant defining rights of the holders of common stock 
of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 
No. 333-47095), filed on February 27, 1998). 

Specimen Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment 
No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-47095), filed on April 2, 1998). 

Lease Agreement by and between Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership, and the Registrant dated 
September 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(File No. 333-47095), filed on February 27, 1998). 

First Amendment to Lease between Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership, and the Registrant dated 
October 31, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(File No. 333-47095), filed on February 27, 1998). 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership, and the 
Registrant, dated February 27, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Pre-Effective 
Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-47095), filed on April 2, 1998). 

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood Associates and the Registrant, dated October 24, 2000 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2000 
(File No. 000-23999), filed on April 2, 2001). 

Lease Agreement by and between Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership, and the Registrant, dated 
June 25, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report for the period ended 
June 30, 2001 (File No. 000-23999), filed August 14, 2001). 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood Associates, and the Registrant, dated June 10, 2002 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2006 
(File No. 000-23999), filed on March 14, 2007). 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors LLC, and the Registrant, 
dated February 27, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period 
ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 14, 2007). 

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors LLC, and the Registrant, dated 
June 14, 2007. 

Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between SP4 2300 Windy Ridge LP, and the Registrant, dated August 14, 
2012. 

       (f) 

   Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge LLC, and the Registrant, dated May 19, 2014. 

       (g) 

   Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge LLC, and the Registrant, dated August 13, 2014. 

10.3 

Agreement to Build and Lease between Orchid Apartments Private Limited and Manhattan Associates India 
Development Centre Private Limited, executed on November 19, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the 
Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 16, 2005). 

67 

 
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.4 

10.5 

10.6* 

10.7(a)* 

      (b)* 

      (c)* 

      (d)* 

      (e)* 

      (f)* 

     (g)* 

     (h)* 

10.8* 

10.9(a)* 

       (b)* 

10.10* 

10.11* 

Description 

Lease Agreement between IGE Energy Services (UK) Limited, Manhattan Associates Limited and Manhattan 
Associates, Inc., dated February 1, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report 
for the period ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 16, 2005). 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 
Form 8-K (File No. 000-23999) filed on April 4, 2014). 

Summary Plan Description of the Registrant’s 401(k) Plan and Trust, effective January 1, 1995 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-47095), filed on 
February 27, 1998). 

Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-47095), filed on February 27, 1998). 

First Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
March 31, 1999). 

Second Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
March 31, 1999). 

Third Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
March 31, 1999). 

Fourth Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 1999 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
March 30, 2000). 

Fifth Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-68968), filed on September 5, 2001). 

Sixth Amendment to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Annex A 
to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting held May 17, 2002 (File No. 000-23999), filed on April 24, 
2002). 

Amendment No. 7 to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-105913), filed on June 6, 2003). 

Form of Composite Stock Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly 
Report for the period ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 000-23999), filed on May 4, 2006). 

Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Peter F. Sinisgalli, effective as of February 25, 
2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 
2003 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 15, 2004). 

Modification dated July 19, 2007 by and between the Company and Peter F. Sinisgalli to the Executive Employment 
Agreement dated February 25, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File 
No. 000-23999), filed on July 24, 2007). 

Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Peter F. Sinisgalli, effective as of April 13, 2012 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-23999), filed on December 23, 
2011). 

Separation and Non-Competition Agreement by and between the Registrant and Peter F. Sinisgalli, effective as of 
February 25, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended 
December 31, 2003 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 15, 2004). 

10.12(a)* 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K 
(File No. 000-23999) filed on April 4, 2013). 

68 

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
         (b)* 

10.13* 

10.14 * 

10.15 

Description 
Updated Schedule to Form of Executive Employment Agreement of Initial Salaries and Target Bonus Opportunities for 
Named Executive Officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 000-23999) filed on July 31, 2013). 

Executive Employment Agreement with Steven P. Smith (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 000-23999) filed on July 31, 2013). 

Form of Modification Agreement for Terms and Conditions for Stock Options. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 000-23999), filed on January 2, 2009). 

Form of License Agreement, Software Maintenance Agreement and Consulting Agreement (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File 
No. 333-47095), filed on April 2, 1998). 

10.16 

Form of Software License, Services and Maintenance Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the 
Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 000-23999), filed on March 31, 1999). 

10.17(a)* 

2007 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended by the First Amendment thereto (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the 
Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement related to its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (File No. 000-23999) filed 
on April 20, 2009). 

         (b)* 

Second amendment to 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Company’s Definitive 
Proxy Statement related to its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (File No. 000-23999) filed on April 15, 2011). 

10.18* 

10.19* 

10.20* 

10.21* 

10.22* 

10.23* 

10.24* 

10.25* 

10.26* 

21.1 

23.1 

Written Summary of Manhattan Associates, Inc. Annual Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
February 19, 2010). 

Form of Manhattan Associates, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 000-23999), filed on 
February 19, 2010). 

Form of Manhattan Associates, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 000-
23999), filed on February 19, 2010). 

Form of Manhattan Associates, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-23999), filed 
on February 23, 2012). 

Form of Manhattan Associates, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2012 
(File No. 000-23999), filed on February 23, 2012). 

Executive Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Bruce Richards, effective as of August 1, 2011 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 2012 
(File No. 000-23999), filed on February 23, 2012). 

Severance and Non-Competition Agreement by and between the Registrant and Bruce Richards, effective as of August 
1, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 
31, 2012 (File No. 000-23999), filed on February 23, 2012). 

Modification Agreement for Terms and Conditions for Stock Options by and between the Registrant and Eddie Capel, 
effective as of June 4, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period 
ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 000-23999), filed on February 23, 2012). 

Severance and Non-Competition Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eddie Capel, effective as of March 18, 
2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report for the period ended December 31, 
2012 (File No. 000-23999), filed on February 23, 2012). 

   List of Subsidiaries. 

   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

69 

 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
31.1 

31.2 

32** 

Description 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

101.INS 

   XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE 

   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

*  Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.  
** In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of the SEC’s Regulation S-K, this Exhibit is hereby furnished to the SEC as an 

accompanying document and is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise 
subject to the liabilities of that Section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 
1933.  

70 

 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

Exhibit 10.2(d) 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Third Amendment"), made and entered into as of the 

14th day of June 2007, by and between 2300 WINDY RIDGE PARKWAY INVESTORS LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company ("Landlord"), and MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation ("Tenant"); 

WITNESSETH THAT: 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership ("Original Landlord") and Tenant entered into that certain 
Lease Agreement June 25, 2001, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the "First Amendment") dated 
June I 0, 2002, that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement (the "Second Amendment") dated February 23, 2007, and that 
certain Second Amendment Memorandum (the "Memorandum") (collectively, as amended, the "Lease"), for certain premises in the 
building located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), consisting, as of the date hereof, of 
approximately 137,868 square feet of Rentable Floor Area in the Building being Floor I North (22, 719 rsf), Floor 3 North (23,776 
rsf), Floor 3 South (9,021 rsf), Floor 6 South (13,608 rsf), Floor 7 (63,296 rsf), and Floor 8 (5,448 rsf) (collectively, the "Demised 
Premises"); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Amendment and the Memorandum, as of the Effective Date (i.e., July 1, 2007), the 

Demised Premises will be reconfigured and will consist of the Second Expansion Space and certain Retained Premises being 
approximately 166,930 square feet of Rentable Floor Area being Floor I (22,719 rsf), Floor 7 (425 rsf), Floor 8 (18,765 rsf), Floor 9 
(62,576 rsf) and Floor IO (62,445 rsf) whereupon Tenant will surrender the Surrendered Space (as defined in the Second 
Amendment); 

WHEREAS, Landlord acquired all of the right, title and interest of Original Landlord, in and to the Lease; 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have agreed that Tenant will lease additional premises within the Building; and 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to evidence such expansion of the Demised Premises and to amend certain other 

terms and conditions of the Lease and evidence their agreements and other matters by means of this Third Amendment; 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, 

the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lease is hereby amended and the parties hereto do 
hereby agree as follows: 

1.    Expansion of Demised Premises. As of the Effective Date, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant andTenant hereby leases from 

Landlord additional premises in the Building consisting of approximately 9,021 square feet of Rentable Floor Area being Floor 3 
South (space Tenant is currently leasing), which space is hereby deemed a part of the Retained Premises as defined in the Second 
Amendment (the "3'd Floor Space"). As of the Effective Date, all references in the Lease and this Third Amendment to the "Demised 
Premises" shall be deemed to also include the 3rd Floor Space and shall consist of 175,951 square feet of Rentable Floor Area. 

2.    Terms. Tenant's lease of the 3rd Floor Space hereunder and during the Extension Term (as defined in the Second 

Amendment) will be subject to all terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended by the Second Amendment. 

3.    Acceptance of 3rd Floor Space. Tenant hereby accepts the 3rd Floor Space "AS IS" as of the date hereof and acknowledges 
that Landlord will have no obligation to make any tenant improvements or alterations to the 3rd Floor Space or to provide any credit, 
abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sum payable under the Lease, as amended herein, except that Landlord shall provide Tenant 
with the Construction Allowance for the 3rd Floor Space set forth in Paragraph 6 of the Second Amendment being $45.00 per square 
foot of Net Floor Area of the 3rd Floor Space and such Construction Allowance shall be used by Tenant in accordance with the terms 
of Paragraph 6 of the Second Amendment. Tenant acknowledges it is currently in possession of the 3rd Floor Space and therefore 
Landlord has no delivery obligation with respect thereto. 

4.    Must-Take Space. 

(a) Must-Take Space Taken on Must-Take Space Date. If Tenant is not then leasing that certain space consisting of 8,280 square 

feet of Floor Rentable Area in the Building known as Suite 360 and as depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference 
made a part hereof (the "Must-Take Space"), on July 1, 2009 (the "Must-Take Space Date"), the Demised Premises shall be 
automatically expanded to include all of the Must-Take Space and as of such date, the Must-Take Space shall be subject to all of the 
terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended. Tenant will accept the Must-Take Space "AS IS" and acknowledges that Landlord will 

1 

 
have no obligation to make any tenant improvements or alterations to the Must-Take Space or to provide any credit, abatement or 
adjustment of Rent or other sum payable under the Lease, as amended herein, except as expressly set forth in the Second Amendment. 
Tenant shall commence paying Base Rental and Tenant's Additional Rental on the Must-Take Space in the same manner and 
calculated at the same rate as Base Rental and Tenant's Additional Rental is then calculated and paid on the Demised Premises under 
the Lease, subject to future adjustment as provided in the Lease, being the earlier to occur of: (i) ninety (90) days after Landlord 
delivers the Must-Take Space to Tenant in its AS-IS condition or (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations from all or any 
portion of the Must-Take Space. The Construction Allowance for improvements provided to Tenant for the Must-Take Space shall be 
an amount equal to $37.00 per square foot of Net Floor Area of the Must-Take Space. Tenant's lease of the Must-Take Space 
hereunder and during the remainder of the Extension Term will be subject to all terms and conditions of the Second Amendment, as 
amended herein. 

(b) Must Take-Space Early Occupancy. Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, prior to the Must-Take Space 
Date, Tenant shall have the right to access the Must-Take Space in its "AS-IS" condition upon the same terms and conditions of the 
Lease, except that Tenant shall pay no Base Rental for such early access period, but Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant's Additional 
Rental for the Must-Take Space during such early access period. 

(c) Must Take-Space Early Lease. Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to lease 

and occupy the Must-Take Space prior to the Must-Take Space Date, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as 
amended. If Tenant elects to lease and occupy the Must-Take Space prior to the Must-Take Space Date, Tenant will accept the Must-
Take Space "AS IS" and acknowledges that Landlord will have no obligation to make any tenant improvements or alterations to the 
Must-Take Space or to provide any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sum payable under the Lease, as amended herein, 
except as expressly set forth in the Second Amendment, and Tenant shall commence paying Base Rental and Tenant's Additional 
Rental on the Must-Take Space in the same manner and calculated at the same rate as Base Rental and Tenant's Additional Rental is 
then calculated and paid on the Demised Premises under the Lease, subject to future adjustment as provided in the Lease, being the 
earlier to occur of: (i) ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers the Must-Take Space to Tenant in its AS-IS condition or (ii) the date 
Tenant commences business operations from all or any portion of the Must-Take Space. The Construction Allowance for 
improvements provided to Tenant for the Must-Take Space prior to the Must-Take Space Date shall be an amount equal to the product 
of multiplying the Construction Allowance times a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months remaining 
in the Lease Term and the denominator of which is 135. 

As of the Must-Take Space Date or such earlier date if Tenant elects to lease and occupy the Must-Take Space prior to the 
Must-Take Space Date in accordance with Paragraph 4(c) above, all references in the Lease to the "Demised Premises" shall be 
deemed to also include the Must-Take Space and shall consist of 184,231 square feet of Rentable Floor Area. The parties acknowledge 
and agree that any exercise by Tenant of either or both of its options to further renew the Lease in accordance with the terms of 
Special Stipulation No. 1 of Exhibit "G" to the Lease, as amended by Paragraph 12 of the Second Amendment, shall include all of the 
"Demised Premises," as may be expanded from time to time. 

5.    Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its officers or agents nor anyone acting on its 
behalf has dealt with any real estate broker other than Hines Properties, Inc. who represented Landlord and CB Richard Ellis, Inc. who 
represented Tenant in the negotiating or making of this Third Amendment, and each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other 
party, its agents, employees, partners, directors, shareholders and independent contractors harmless from all liabilities, costs, demands, 
judgments, settlements, claims, and losses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, incurred by the other party in conjunction 
with any such claim or claims of any other broker or brokers purportedly acting on behalf of the indemnifying party claiming to have 
interested Tenant in the Building, the 3rd Floor Space or the Demised Premises, or claiming to have caused such party to enter into 
this Third Amendment. 

6.    No Defaults. Each party hereby agrees that there are, as of the date hereof, regardless of the giving of notice or the passage 

of time, or both, no defaults or breaches on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease. 

7.    Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to 

them in the Lease. 

8.    Headings. The headings used herein are provided for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Third 

Amendment. 

9.    Entire Agreement. This Third Amendment represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject 

matter hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that there are no collateral or oral agreements or understandings between them with respect 
to the Demised Premises, the 3rd Floor Space or the Building other than the Lease and this Third Amendment. This Third Amendment 
supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements, letters or other statements with respect to Tenant's lease of the 3rd Floor Space and the 
Must-Take Space. 

2 

 
10.    Binding Effect. This Third Amendment shall not be valid and binding on Landlord and Tenant unless and until it has been 

completely executed by and delivered to both parties. 

EXCEPT AS expressly amended and modified hereby, the Lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect, the parties 
hereto hereby ratifying and confirming the same. To the extent of any inconsistency between the Lease and this Third Amendment, the 
terms of this Third Amendment shall control. 

[END OF PAGE] 

3 

 
 
 
IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned parties have duly executed this Third Amendment under seal as of the day and 

year first above written. 

LANDLORD: 

TENANT: 

2300 WINDY RIDGE PARKWAY INVESTORS 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company 

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. 
 a Georgia corporation 

By: 

 UBS Realty Investors LLC, 
 a Massachusetts limited liability company, 
 Its Manager 

 /s/ Lawrence S. Puzzo 

By: 
Print Name:  Lawrence S. Puzzo 
 Director 
Title: 

/s/ Dennis B. Story 

By: 
Print Name: Dennis B. Story 
Its: 

Senior Vice President & Chief 
Financial Officer 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

Exhibit 10.2(e) 

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Fourth Amendment") is entered into on the Fourth 
Amendment Date set forth below Landlord's signature (the "Fourth Amendment Date") by and between SP4 2300 WINDY RIDGE, 
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"), and MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia 
corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant"). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Wildwood"), and Tenant entered 

into that certain Lease Agreement dated June 25, 2001 (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood and Tenant dated June 10, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as the "First 
Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Wildwood (hereinafter referred to as "Investors"), and Tenant 
dated February 21, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment"), and as amended by that certain Third Amendment to 
Lease Agreement between Investors and Tenant dated June 14, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment"; the Original 
Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment, and Third Amendment is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the 
"Lease"), pursuant to which Tenant leases certain premises in the building known as "Wildwood Center" located at 2300 Windy Ridge 
Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), consisting, as of the Fourth Amendment Date, of approximately one hundred 
eighty-four thousand two hundred thirty-one (184,231) square feet of Rentable Floor Area being Floor 1 North (22,719 rsf), Floor 3 
South (17,301 rsf), Floor 7 (425 rsf), Floor 8 (18,765 rsf), Floor 9 (62,576 rsf) and Floor 10 (62,445 rsf), which premises are more 
particularly described in the Lease (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Premises"). 

WHEREAS, Landlord is the successor-in-interest to Investors and has acquired all of Investors' right, title and interest in, to 

and under the Lease; 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to reconfigure the Original Premises by leasing the entire third 
(3rd) floor of the North Tower of the Building, consisting of 24,056 square feet of Rentable Floor Area and more particularly shown on 
Exhibit A-4 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter "Floor 3 North"), to release all of the space being 
leased by Tenant on Floor 3 South consisting of 17,301 square feet of Rentable Floor Area (hereinafter "Floor 3 South"), and to 
provide for certain other related matters, as are more particularly set forth herein. 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00), the mutual covenants and conditions set 

forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and 
Tenant agree to amend the Lease as follows: 

1.    Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings as given 

such terms in the Lease. 

2.    Premises Expansion. 

a.    Effective as of the earlier to occur of (i) the date Tenant occupies Floor 3 North or any portion thereof for the conduct 

of Tenant's business or (ii) January 1, 2013 (the "Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date" or the "FARD"), the Original 
Premises shall be deemed expanded to include Floor 3 North.  Floor 3 North is stipulated by Landlord and Tenant to have 
twenty-four thousand fifty-six (24,056) square feet of Rentable Floor Area, calculated using the "Standard Method for 
Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings," approved as of June 7, 1996 by the American National Standards Institute, Inc. 
(ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996), and shall be leased by Tenant subject to and in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of 
the Lease, as amended hereby. 

b.    Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Original Premises shall be deemed contracted to exclude therefrom the 

portion of the Original Premises known as Floor 3 South, containing Seventeen Thousand Three Hundred One (17,301) square 
feet of Rentable Floor Area and more particularly shown as "Floor 3 South" on page 2 of Exhibit A-4, attached hereto and 
incorporated herein by this reference.  Such contraction of the Original Premises shall be deemed effective as of the Fourth 
Amendment Reconfiguration Date.  From and after the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date, Landlord and Tenant 
acknowledge, agree and stipulate that (i) the Premises shall contain one hundred ninety thousand nine hundred eighty-six 
(190,986) square feet of Rentable Floor Area, (ii) all references in the Lease to the "Premises" shall be deemed to refer to the 
Premises, as reconfigured pursuant to this Fourth Amendment, and (iii) for purposes of this Fourth Amendment, the difference 
in Rentable Floor Area in the amount of 6,755 square feet between Floor 3 North and Floor 3 South is sometimes referred to 
herein as the "Fourth Amendment Expansion Area"). 

1 

 
c.    Tenant shall surrender Floor 3 South to Landlord by no later than sixteen (16) calendar days following the Fourth 
Amendment Reconfiguration Date (hereinafter the "Surrender Date") in accordance with the Lease, the same as if the Surrender 
Date were the Expiration Date of the Lease Term with respect to the Floor 3 South.  Thereafter, Tenant shall have no further 
right, claim or interest with respect to Floor 3 South and shall remove all its equipment and property therefrom. Any property 
not removed prior to the Surrender Date shall be deemed abandoned, and Landlord shall be authorized to retain such property, 
or any portion thereof, as Landlord's own property or to dispose of such property in any manner Landlord deems appropriate, in 
Landlord's sole discretion.  Tenant shall remain liable for any and all cost relating to any removal or disposition of any such 
property and releases Landlord of any and all liability in connection therewith.  Tenant's failure to surrender Floor 3 South to 
Landlord on or before the Surrender Date shall constitute an event of default by Tenant and, in addition to Landlord's other 
remedies set forth in this Lease, Tenant's occupancy of Floor 3 South shall be a tenancy at sufferance subject to summary 
eviction as provided in O.C.G.A. §44-7-50 et. seq., and Tenant shall be required to pay monthly Rent for Floor 3 South (in 
addition to monthly Base Rental for the Premises that Tenant shall continue to lease hereunder) pursuant to Paragraph 31(a) of 
the Lease.  Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Rent for Floor 3 South from and after the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration 
Date, except as provided hereinabove.  The provisions of this subparagraph shall survive the partial termination of the Lease 
with respect to Floor 3 South. 

d.    Within twenty (20) days after the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date, Tenant shall execute and deliver to 

Landlord a Certificate as to Lease Term in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-4. 

3.    Terms of the Lease.  The lease of the Premises, as reconfigured hereby, shall be pursuant to all of the terms and conditions 
of the Lease as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended 
as follows: 

a.    Article _1(i).  Lease Term.  The Term of the lease of Floor 3 North shall commence on the Fourth Amendment 

Reconfiguration Date and shall continue through to and be co-terminus with the Expiration Date of September 30, 2018. 

b.    Article 5.  Rental Payments.  

i.    On  and  after  the  Fourth  Amendment  Date,  all  payments  of  Rent  and  other  charges  shall  be  delivered  to  the 
following address (or such other address as may be designated by Landlord in writing from time to time in accordance 
with the notice provisions set forth in the Lease): 

CBREI AAF Strategic Partners IV 
Attn:  2300 Windy Ridge Parkway 
P.O. Box 533342 
Charlotte, NC  28290 

ii.    On and after the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date, Base Rental shall be bifurcated between the Fourth 
Amendment Expansion Area and the remaining 17,301 square feet of Rentable Area and shall be payable to Landlord, in 
advance, without notice, demand, deduction or offset (except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease) in lawful 
money of the United States of America, in accordance with the provisions of Article 5 of the Lease, as amended hereby, in 
the following amounts:  

Fourth Amendment Expansion Area 

Period 
FARD – Month 12 
Month 13 – Month 24 
Month 25 – Month 36 
Month 37 – Month 48 
Month 49 – Month 60 
Month 61 – 09/30/18 

Base Rental 
(per rentable square 
foot per annum) 
$23.25 
$23.59 
$23.94 
$24.29 
$24.65 
$25.01 

Monthly 
Base Rental 
$13,087.81 
$13,279.20 
$13,476.23 
$13,673.25 
$13,875.90 
$14,078.55 

2 

 
 
 
Floor 3 North (exclusive of the Fourth Amendment Expansion Area) 

Period 

  FARD – 09/30/13 
10/01/13 – 09/30/14 
10/01/14 – 09/31/15 
10/01/15 – 09/30/16 
10/01/16 – 09/30/17 
10/01/17 – 09/30/18 

Base Rental 
(per rentable square 
foot per annum) 
$23.59 
$23.94 
$24.29 
$24.65 
$25.01 
$25.38 

Monthly 
Base Rental 
$34,010.88 
$34,515.50 
$35,020.11 
$35,539.14 
$36,058.17 
$36,591.62 

FARD = Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date 

iii.    Landlord agrees to abate eight (8) installments of Base Rental coming due and payable under this Fourth 
Amendment for the Fourth Amendment Expansion Area only commencing on the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full 
calendar month after the month in which falls the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date.  Notwithstanding anything in 
this Paragraph to the contrary, Tenant shall have no right to any such abatement of Base Rental at any time after which 
(A) a default has occurred with respect to Tenant under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, or (B) 
Tenant is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under any other written agreement with Landlord with 
respect to the Project.  

c.    Additional Rental. 

i.    As of the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date, in accordance with Paragraph 3(b) of the Second 
Amendment, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rental, in addition to Base Rental payable with respect to the Premises, as 
expanded hereby, (1) Tenant's proportionate share of Operating Expenses (based on a Rentable Floor Area of 184,231 
square feet of the Premises) for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for such 
calendar year exceed the Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which shall remain calendar year 2007), plus, (2) 
Tenant's proportionate share of Operating Expenses (based on a Rentable Floor Area of 6,755 square feet of the Premises) 
for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceed the 
Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which for purposes of this item (2) only shall be calendar year 2012). 

ii.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall remain obligated to pay Rent for the portion of the Lease Term 

falling prior to the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date the same as if this Fourth Amendment had never been 
entered into. 

d.    Parking.  As of the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date, Tenant will be entitled to one (1) additional 

reserved parking space on the North end of the parking deck at no charge. 

e.    Notice.  Effective as of the Fourth Amendment Date, Landlord's address for notices and the payment of Rent 

and other charges under the Lease as set forth in Article 1(a) of the Lease shall be amended as follows: 

To Landlord: 

With a copy to: 

c/o CB Richard Ellis Investors, LLC 
Strategic Partners 
515 S. Flower Street, Suite 3100 
Los Angeles, CA  90071 
Attn: President 

c/o CB Richard Ellis, Inc. 
2300 Windy Ridge Parkway 
Suite 75 
Atlanta, GA  30339 
Attn:  Real Estate Manager  

f.    Landlord's Liability.  On and after the Fourth Amendment Date, Paragraph 40 of the Lease shall be deleted in 

its entirety and the following new Paragraph 40 shall be inserted in lieu thereof: 

"LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO PERSONAL LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE 
PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE.  IF LANDLORD IS IN DEFAULT WITH RESPECT TO ITS 
OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS LEASE, TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO THE EQUITY OF 
LANDLORD IN AND TO THE BUILDING AND THE LAND DESCRIBED IN EXHIBIT "A" HERETO 
FOR SATISFACTION OF TENANT'S REMEDIES, IF ANY.  IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND 
AGREED THAT LANDLORD'S LIABILITY UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL IN NO 
EVENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF ITS INTEREST IN AND TO SAID LAND AND BUILDING.  IN NO 
EVENT SHALL ANY PARTNER OF LANDLORD NOR ANY JOINT VENTURER OF LANDLORD BE 
PERSONALLY LIABLE WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE." 

3 

 
 
 
 
g. 

Patriot Act.  On and after the Fourth Amendment Date, the Lease is hereby amended by inserting the 

following new Paragraph 55 (Patriot Act) at the end thereof: 

"55. 

PATRIOT ACT. 

Tenant (which for this purpose includes its partners, members, principal stockholders and any other constituent 
entities) (i) has not been designated as a "specifically designated national and blocked person" on the most current 
list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, 
 or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of 
such list; (ii) is currently in compliance with and will at all times during the term of this Lease (including any 
extension thereof) remain in compliance with the regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the 
Department of the Treasury and any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order 
Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support 
Terrorism), or other governmental action relating thereto; and (iii) has not used  and will not use funds from illegal 
activities for any payment made under the Lease." 

4.    Tenant Improvements. 

a.    Upon the Fourth Amendment Date, Landlord shall deliver to the Tenant and Tenant shall accept in its "AS IS, 
WHERE IS" condition, and without any representations or warranties (express or implied), except as otherwise expressly 
provided in the Lease and this Paragraph 4, Floor 3 North so that Tenant and Tenant's contractors may perform the work under 
the Work Letter, as amended by this Fourth Amendment.  Tenant acknowledges that Floor 3 North was previously improved for 
occupancy, and all improvements existing on the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date shall be left in place by Landlord.  
Landlord shall not be required to perform any improvements to Floor 3 North, but shall instead provide the "Construction 
Allowance" defined in Paragraph 4.b.i. below.  Any portion of the Construction Allowance remaining after the completion of 
and payment of all costs with respect to the improvements shall be applied by Landlord   as a credit against rent next coming 
due and payable under the Lease, as amended hereby.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for 
assuring via a new written inspection and repair performed by one of the buildings preferred mechanical contractors, that all 
existing VAVs and PIUs located in Floor 3 North, and all electrical, mechanical, and life safety systems located in or serving 
Floor 3 North, will be in good working order at the time possession of Floor 3 North is turned over to Tenant.  Landlord will 
work in good faith to timely repair the systems in the preceding sentence found not to be in good working order pursuant to such 
inspection.   

b.    Tenant shall be responsible for all design and construction of the improvements to Floor 3 North ("Tenant's Fourth 

Amendment Work"), which will be performed in accordance with the terms of Exhibit "D" to the Lease, as amended by Section 
6 of the Second Amendment, and as further amended as follows: 

i.    Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease or Exhibit "D" thereto to the contrary, the "Construction 
Allowance" for purposes of this Fourth Amendment and Exhibit "D" is equal to One Hundred Eighty-Nine Thousand One 
Hundred Forty and No/100 Dollars ($189,140.00). 

ii.    All references in Exhibit "D" to "Tenant's Work" shall be deemed to refer to Tenant's Fourth Amendment 

Work. 

iii.    Section 8.A. of Exhibit "D", as amended by Section 6 of the Second Amendment, is hereby further amended to 
delete the following language from subsection (i) thereof:  "whether such payments are to be paid from the TI Allowance 
or the Discretionary Allowance, and the total amount as of such date that has been requested and paid from the TI 
Allowance and Discretionary Allowance," 

iv.    Section 8.A. of Exhibit "D", as amended by Section 6 of the Second Amendment, is hereby further amended to 

delete the following sentence therefrom in its entirety:  "With respect to the Discretionary Allowance, Tenant may draw 
down any remaining balance of the Discretionary Allowance in up to three (3) draws, at any time from and after the date 
of the Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, but before December 31, 2007." 

5.    Deleted Provisions.  Effective as of the Fourth Amendment Date, the last grammatical paragraph of Paragraph (f) of 

Exhibit "E" to the Lease shall be deleted from the Lease in its entirety. 

6.    Estoppel Information.  As of the Fourth Amendment Date, Landlord and its agents are not aware of any current default of 
the Lease, nor with the passage of time, a situation where an existing condition would represent a default under the Lease.  The use of 
the Project by Tenant as of the Fourth Amendment Date is acceptable to Landlord. Landlord acknowledges that nothing built into or a 
part of the Premises as of the Fourth Amendment Date must be removed by Tenant at the end of the Lease Term.  As of the Fourth 
Amendment Date, Tenant and its agents are not aware of any current default by Landlord of the Lease, nor with the passage of time, a 
situation where an existing condition would represent a default by Landlord under the Lease.   

4 

 
7.    Expansion Rights.   Tenant will work directly with Landlord in good faith to finalize and agree to any expansion rights of 

Tenant associated with the Building. 

8.    Brokerage Commissions.  Except for Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Broker"), Tenant 
represents and warrants that it has not retained or consulted with a broker, agent or commission salesperson with respect to the 
negotiation of this Fourth Amendment, and that no commissions, fees or compensation of any kind are due and payable in connection 
herewith to any broker, agent or commission salesperson acting for or on behalf of Tenant, other than to Broker.  Tenant agrees to 
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, cost and damage suffered or incurred by Landlord as the result of any breach by 
Tenant of the representation and warranty contained in this Paragraph. Landlord represents and warrants that, except for CBRE, Inc., 
no broker, agent or commission salesperson has represented Landlord in the negotiation of this Fourth Amendment, and Landlord has 
agreed to compensate both Broker and CBRE, Inc. for their services in accordance with the terms of separate commission agreements 
between Landlord and Broker, on the one hand, and between Landlord and CBRE, Inc., on the other. 

9.    Miscellaneous.  This Fourth Amendment shall become effective only upon its full execution and delivery by Landlord and 

Tenant. This Fourth Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by it and supersedes all 
prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject 
matter.  There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not 
contained in this Fourth Amendment.  The person executing this Fourth Amendment on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and 
warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and 
that the person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Except as modified by this Fourth Amendment, the terms and 
provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of 
Landlord and Tenant, their successors and permitted assigns. 

10.    No Further Amendments; Ratification.  Except as expressly amended herein, all terms and conditions of the Lease 

remain unamended in full force and effect and are ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant.  In the event of any conflict 
between the terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment and any of the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and 
conditions of this Fourth Amendment shall control. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  this  Fourth  Amendment  as  of  the  date  set  forth  below  each  party's 

signature hereto, respectively, but with intent  to be bound hereby on the Fourth Amendment Date. 

LANDLORD: 

SP4 2300 WINDY RIDGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership 

By: 

SP4 2300 Windy Ridge GP, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability 
company, its sole general partner 

/s/ Ming J. Lee 

By: 
Name:  Ming J. Lee 
Title:  Vice President 

/s/ Todd J. Frye 

By: 
Name:  Todd J. Frye 
Title:  Vice President 

"Fourth Amendment Date": August 15, 2012 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 

5 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDMENT] 

TENANT:

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation 

/s/ Dennis B. Story 

By: 
Print Name:  Dennis B. Story 
Title: 

Chief Financial Officer 

Attest: 
Print Name: 
Title: 

/s/ Joe Howard 
Joe Howard 
Senior Director/Corporate Administration 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

Date signed by Tenant: 14 August, 2012 

6 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-4 

SPACE PLAN OF FLOOR 3 NORTH 

[Drawings, dimensions, plans, boundaries, furniture, fixtures and improvements shown in this Exhibit are for illustrative purposes 
only and are not intended to indicate the actual square footages, build out or improvements to such space] 

A-4-1 

 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-4 

SPACE PLAN OF FLOOR 3 SOUTH 

[Drawings, dimensions, plans, boundaries, furniture, fixtures and improvements shown in this Exhibit are for illustrative purposes 
only and are not intended to indicate the actual square footages, build out or improvements to such space] 

A-4-2 

 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B-4 

CERTIFICATE AS TO LEASE TERM 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Wildwood"), and Tenant entered 

into that certain Lease Agreement dated June 25, 2001 (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood and Tenant dated June 10, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as the "First 
Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Wildwood (hereinafter referred to as "Investors"), and Tenant 
dated February 21, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment"), as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease 
Agreement between Investors and Tenant dated June 14, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment"), and as amended by 
that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between Landlord, as successor-in-interest to Investors, and Tenant dated as of 
the Fourth Amendment Date (hereinafter referred to as the "Fourth Amendment"; the Original Lease, as amended by the First 
Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, and Fourth Amendment, is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Lease"), 
pursuant to which Tenant leases certain premises in the building known as "Wildwood Center" located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, 
Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), consisting of approximately one hundred ninety thousand nine hundred eighty-six (190,986) 
square feet of Rentable Floor Area, being Floor 1 North (22,719 rsf), Floor 3 North (24,056 rsf), Floor 8 (18,765 rsf), Floor 9 (62,576 
rsf) and Floor 10 (62,445 rsf), located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), which premises are 
more particularly described in the Lease (hereinafter referred to as the "Premises"). 

WHEREAS, Landlord has delivered possession of Floor 3 North pursuant to the Lease; 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to confirm the date Landlord has delivered Floor 3 North to Tenant for purposes of 

the Lease. 

NOW THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: 

1.    For all purposes of this Certificate, all terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meanings 

ascribed to them in the Lease. 

2.    Landlord delivered Floor 3 North to Tenant on, and the Fourth Amendment Reconfiguration Date shall be, December 17, 

2012. 

3.    Tenant has accepted, is satisfied with, and is in full possession of the Premises, as expanded by Floor 3 North, including 

all improvements, additions and alterations thereto required to be made by Landlord under the Lease. 

4.    Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and affirm the Lease and agree the Lease remains in full force and effect in 
accordance with its term, provided, however, to the extent of any conflict between the Lease and this Certificate, this Certificate shall 
control. 

B-4-1 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant hereby execute this Certificate under seal this 17th day of January 17, 

2013. 

TENANT:

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation 

/s/ Dennis B. Story 

By: 
Print Name: Dennis B. Story 
Title: 

Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Joe Howard 

Attest: 
Print Name: Joe Howard 
Title: 

Senior Director 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

Date Signed by Tenant: January 17, 2013 

LANDLORD:

SP4 2300 WINDY RIDGE, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership 

By: 

SP4 2300 Windy Ridge GP, L.L.C., a Delaware 
limited liability company, its sole general partner 

/s/ Mark Zikakis 

By: 
Name:          Mark Zikakis 
Vice President 
Title: 

Date Signed by Landlord: January 17, 2013

B-4-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

Exhibit 10.2(f) 

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Fifth  Amendment") is entered into on the Fifth 

Amendment Date set forth below Landlord's signature (the "Fifth Amendment Date") by and between 2300 WINDY RIDGE LLC, a 
Georgia limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"), and MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia 
corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant"). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Wildwood"), and Tenant entered 

into that certain Lease Agreement dated June 25, 2001 (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood and Tenant dated June 10, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as the "First 
Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as "Investors"), as successor-in-interest to Wildwood, and Tenant 
dated February 21, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment"), as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease 
Agreement between Investors and Tenant dated June 14, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment"), and as amended by 
that certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between SP4 2300 Windy Ridge, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership 
(hereinafter referred to as "Windy Ridge"), as successor-in-interest to Investors, and Tenant dated as of August 15, 2012 (hereinafter 
referred to as the "Fourth Amendment"; the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third 
Amendment and Fourth Amendment, is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Lease"), pursuant to which Tenant leases certain 
premises in the building known as "Wildwood Center" located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the 
"Building"), consisting, as of the Fifth Amendment Date, of 190,986 square feet of Rentable Floor Area being Floor 1 North (22,719 
rsf), Floor 3 North (24,056 rsf), Floor 7 (425 rsf), Floor 8 (18,765 rsf), Floor 9 (62,576 rsf) and Floor 10 (62,445 rsf), which premises 
are more particularly described in the Lease (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Premises"); 

WHEREAS, Landlord is the successor-in-interest to Windy Ridge and has acquired all of Windy Ridge's right, title and interest 

in, to and under the Lease; 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to expand the Original Premises by leasing the entire fourth (4th) 

floor of the North Tower of the Building, consisting of 29,758 square feet of Rentable Floor Area and more particularly shown on 
Exhibit A-5 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter "Floor 4 North"), to extend the Lease Term and to 
provide for certain other related matters as are more particularly set forth herein; 

WHEREAS, Investors and Tenant entered into that certain Building Access License Agreement dated April 25, 2007 
(hereinafter referred to as the "License Agreement") pursuant to which Landlord provides Tenant with non-exclusive access to the 
Building and the non-exclusive use of certain ancillary equipment space in the Building for the purpose of installing, operating and 
maintaining certain equipment, all as more particularly described in the License Agreement;  

WHEREAS, Landlord is the indirect successor-in-interest to Investors and has acquired all of Investor’s right, title and interest 

in, to and under the License Agreement; and 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the License Agreement to make its term co-terminus with the term of the 

Lease and to provide for certain other related matters, as are more particularly set forth herein. 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00), the mutual covenants and conditions set 
forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and 
Tenant agree to amend the Lease as follows: 

1.    Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings as given 

such terms in the Lease. 

2.    Premises Expansion. 

a.    Effective as of the day that is ninety (90) days after the later to occur of (i) the date Landlord delivers Floor 4 North to 
Tenant or (ii) fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant's notice from Landlord of the projected delivery date of Floor 4 North (the 
"Fifth Amendment Expansion Date" or the "FAED"), the Original Premises shall be deemed expanded to include Floor 4 
North.  Floor 4 North is 29,758 square feet of Rentable Floor Area, and shall be leased by Tenant subject to and in accordance 
with all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended hereby.  As of the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date (i) the 

1 

 
Premises shall contain 220,744 square feet of Rentable Floor Area and (ii) all references in the Lease to the "Premises" or the 
"Demised Premises" shall be deemed to refer to the Premises, as expanded by this Fifth Amendment.   

b.    Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Paragraph 2 to the contrary, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver Floor 4 North to 
Tenant on or before August 1, 2014 and Tenant may commence occupancy of Floor 4 North upon the delivery of Floor 4 North 
to Tenant and the issuance of a certificate of occupancy (or such other document permitting legal occupancy) for Floor 4 North 
to Tenant by the appropriate governmental authority; provided, however, that any such occupancy by Tenant of all or any 
portion of Floor 4 North prior to the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date shall be pursuant to all the terms and conditions in the 
Lease, except that such occupancy shall be at Tenant's sole risk and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent for Floor 4 
North during such period.  

c.    If Landlord cannot deliver possession of Floor 4 North to Tenant on or before August 31, 2014 (said date to be 
extended by any period of delay caused by Tenant or force majeure), this Fifth Amendment shall not be void or voidable, nor 
shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, except that Tenant shall receive an abatement of 
Base Rental equal to two (2) days of monthly Base Rental for each such day of delay until Floor 4 North is delivered to 
Tenant.  Tenant right's under this subparagraph c. shall be Tenant's sole remedy for Landlord's failure to deliver Floor 4 North to 
Tenant on or before August 31, 2014. 

d.    Within twenty (20) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a 

Certificate as to Lease Term in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-5. 

3.    Terms of the Lease.  The lease of the Premises, as expanded by Floor 4 North, during the Lease Term, as extended by this 
Fifth Amendment, shall be pursuant to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease as in effect from time to time; provided, however, 
that Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Lease shall be amended as follows: 

a.    Article 1(b). Notice.   

i.    Landlord's address for notices as set forth in Article 1(a) of the Lease shall be amended as follows: 

To Landlord: 

2300 Windy Ridge LLC 
c/o Arena Capital Group 
1 Nathan Drive 
Towaco, NJ  07082 
Attn:  Fred Arena 

With a copy to: 

2300 Windy Ridge LLC 
1370 Jet Stream Drive 
Suite 140 
Henderson, NV 89052 
Attn:  Justin Bloomberg 

ii.    All payments of Rent and other charges shall be delivered to the following address (or such other address as 

may be designated by Landlord in writing from time to time in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the 
Lease):  

ACH Payments:  
Account # 3250004777431 
ACH Routing Number – 121000358  

b.    Article _1(i).  Lease Term.  The Lease Term shall be extended for a period commencing on October 1, 2018 and 

shall continue through to the new Lease Term expiration date of September 30, 2025. 

c.    Article 5. Rental Payments.   

i.    On and after the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date, Base Rental shall be bifurcated between the Original 

Premises and Floor 4 North and shall be payable to Landlord, in advance, without notice, demand, deduction or offset 
(except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease) in lawful money of the United States of America, in accordance 
with the provisions of Article 5 of the Lease, as amended hereby, in the following amounts:  

Floor 4 North 

Period 

FAED – 09/30/25 

Base Rental 
(per rentable square 
foot per annum) 
$20.00 

Monthly 
Base Rental 
$49,596.67 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
Original Premises 

Period 

10/01/18 – 09/30/25  

Base Rental 
(per rentable square 
foot per annum) 
$20.00 

Monthly 
Base Rental 
$318,310.00 

Notwithstanding anything in the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, to the contrary, Tenant shall continue to 
pay Rent for the Original Premises for the period prior to October 1, 2018 pursuant to the Base Rental rates and 
escalations set forth in Lease, subject, however, to the abatement of Base Rent for the Original Premises set forth in 
Paragraph ii. below. 

ii.    Landlord agrees to abate ten (10) installments of Base Rental coming due and payable under the Lease with 
respect to the Original Premises and Floor 4 North, respectively, commencing on September 1, 2015 and continuing on 
each successive September 1st thereafter during the Lease Term until exhausted.   

d.    Article 8.  Additional Rental.  

i.    As of the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date through to September 30, 2018, Tenant shall pay as Additional 

Rental, in addition to Base Rental payable with respect to the Premises, as expanded hereby, (1) Tenant's proportionate 
share of Operating Expenses for a portion of the Original Premises (based on a Rentable Floor Area of 184,231 square 
feet) for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceed the 
Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which shall remain calendar year 2007), plus (2) Tenant's proportionate share of 
Operating Expenses for the remaining portion of the Original Premises (based on a Rentable Floor Area of 6,755 square 
feet) for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceed the 
Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which for purposes of this item (2) only shall remain calendar year 2012), plus (3) 
commencing January 1, 2016, Tenant's proportionate share of Operating Expenses for Floor 4 North (based on a Rentable 
Floor Area of 29,758 square feet) for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for 
such calendar year exceed the Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which for purposes of this item (3) only shall be 
calendar year 2015).   

ii.    As of October 1, 2018, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rental, Tenant's proportionate share of Operating 
Expenses for the entire Premises, as expanded by Floor 4 North (based on a Rentable Floor Area of 220,744 square feet) 
for any calendar year during the Lease Term to the extent the Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceed the 
Operating Expenses for the Base Year (which shall be amended to be calendar year 2015). 

e.    Paragraph 4 of the Second Amendment. Right of First Offer.  Effective as of the Fifth Amendment Date, the 
Right of First Offer set forth in the Second Amendment shall be amended to exclude from the First Offer Space any and all 
space located on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building. 

f.    Parking.  Effective as of the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date, Tenant shall have the right to additional reserved 

parking spaces for Floor 4 North pursuant to the ratio and subject to the terms and conditions for the use of parking spaces set 
forth in the Lease. 

4.    Tenant Improvements. 

a.    On or before August 1, 2014, Landlord shall endeavor to deliver to Tenant and Tenant shall accept in its "AS IS, 

WHERE IS" condition," without any representations or warranties (express or implied) whatsoever, except as otherwise 
expressly provided in the Lease or this Paragraph 4, Floor 4 North so that Tenant may perform the work under the work letter 
attached as Exhibit D to the Original Lease, as amended hereby (the "Work Letter").  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that 
Floor 4 North was previously improved for occupancy and all improvements existing on the Fifth Amendment Date shall be left 
in place by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be required to perform any improvements to Floor 4 North or to provide any 
allowances therefor, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Paragraph 4. 

b.    Tenant shall be responsible for all design and construction of the improvements to the Premises as expanded hereby 
("Tenant's Fifth Amendment Work"), which will be performed in accordance with the terms of  the Work Letter, which shall 
be further amended as follows: 

i.    Notwithstanding anything in the Lease or the Work Letter to the contrary, the "Construction Allowance " for 

purposes of this Fifth Amendment and the Work Letter shall mean the amount of $1,336,902.00, which Construction 
Allowance shall not be available to Tenant for requisition until October 1, 2018, for improvements made to the Premises 
any time after execution of this amendment.  

3 

 
 
ii.    All references in the Work Letter to "Tenant's Work" shall be deemed to refer to Tenant's Fifth Amendment 

Work and all references therein to the "Demised Premises" shall be deemed to refer to the Premises, as expanded by this 
Fifth Amendment. 

iii.    Sections 8.A. and 8.B. of the Work Letter, as amended from time to time, are hereby deleted in their entirety, 

and the following new Section 8.A. is hereby inserted in lieu thereof: 

"A.  Tenant covenants and agrees to complete the construction and installation of tenant improvements to the 
Premises having a fixed asset original book value of not less than $6,622,320.00 (the "Capital Obligation"), on or 
before September 1, 2025, and, if Tenant has breached this covenant, (i) Tenant's right to any unexpended 
Construction Allowance shall terminate and be for no further force or effect whatsoever and (ii) Tenant shall pay to 
Landlord a lump sum amount equal to the difference between the Capital Obligation and the amount actually 
expended by Tenant as required herein as of September 1, 2025, within thirty (30) days after receipt of demand 
from Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant's Capital Obligation is a material consideration to 
Landlord in entering into this Fifth Amendment." 

5.    Deleted Provisions. As of the Fifth Amendment Date, the following provisions are hereby deleted in their entirety: 

a.    Paragraph 11 of the Second Amendment ("Termination Option"); and 

b.    Paragraph 7 of the Fourth Amendment ("Expansion Rights"). 

6.    License Agreement.  As of the Fifth Amendment Date, the License Agreement shall be amended such that the “Term” of 

the License Agreement shall expire and be co-terminus with the Lease Term of the Lease, as such term may be extended from time to 
time, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the License Agreement.   

7.    Brokerage Commissions.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that CBRE, Inc. ("Broker") has acted in a dual 

capacity in the negotiation of this Fifth Amendment as broker for Landlord and as broker for Tenant. Tenant represents and warrants 
that it has not retained or consulted with a broker, agent or commission salesperson with respect to the negotiation of this Fifth 
Amendment, except for Broker, and that no commissions, fees or compensation of any kind are due and payable in connection 
herewith to any broker, agent or commission salesperson acting for or on behalf of Tenant, other than to Broker.  Tenant agrees to 
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, cost and damage suffered or incurred by Landlord as the result of any breach by 
Tenant of the representation and warranty contained in this Paragraph.  Landlord represents and warrants that, except for Broker, no 
broker, agent or commission salesperson has represented Landlord in the negotiation of this Fifth Amendment, and Landlord has 
agreed to compensate Broker for its services in accordance with the terms of a separate commission agreement between Landlord and 
Broker.   

8.    No Defaults.  Landlord and Tenant agree that there are, as of the Fifth Amendment Date, regardless of the giving of notice 

or the passage of time, or both, no defaults or breaches on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.  

9.    Miscellaneous.  This Fifth Amendment shall become effective only upon its full execution and delivery by Landlord and 

Tenant. This Fifth Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by it and supersedes all 
prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject 
matter.  There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not 
contained in this Fifth Amendment.  The person executing this Fifth Amendment on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and 
warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and 
that the person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Except as modified by this Fifth Amendment, the terms and 
provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of 
Landlord and Tenant, their successors and permitted assigns. 

10.    No Further Amendments; Ratification.  Except as expressly amended herein, all terms and conditions of the Lease 

remain unamended in full force and effect and are ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant.  In the event of any conflict 
between the terms and conditions of this Fifth Amendment and any of the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions 
of this Fifth Amendment shall control. 

4 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fifth Amendment as of the date set forth below each party's 

signature hereto, respectively, but with intent  to be bound hereby on the Fifth Amendment Date. 

LANDLORD:

2300 WINDY RIDGE LLC, a Georgia limited partnership 

By: 

Wildwood CS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company, its Managing Member 

/s/ Fred Arena 

By: 
Name:         Fred Arena 
Title: 

Manager 

"Fifth Amendment Date": May 19, 2014 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE] 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIFTH AMENDMENT] 

TENANT:

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

/s/ Dennis B. Story 
Dennis B. Story 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Attest: 
Print Name:  
Title: 

Date signed by Tenant: May 19, 2014 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-5 

FLOOR 4 NORTH 

[Drawings, dimensions, plans, boundaries, furniture, fixtures and improvements shown in this Exhibit are for illustrative purposes 
only and are not intended to indicate the actual square footages, build out or improvements to such space] 

A-1 

 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT B-5 

CERTIFICATE AS TO LEASE TERM 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Wildwood"), and Tenant entered 

into that certain Lease Agreement dated June 25, 2001 (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood and Tenant dated June 10, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as the "First 
Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor-in-interest to Wildwood (hereinafter referred to as "Investors"), and Tenant 
dated February 21, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment"), as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease 
Agreement between Investors and Tenant dated June 14, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment"), as amended by that 
certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between SP4 2300 Windy Ridge, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (hereinafter 
referred to as "Windy Ridge"), as successor-in-interest to Investors, and Tenant dated as August 14, 2012 (hereinafter referred to as the 
"Fourth Amendment"), and as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement between Landlord, as successor-in-
interest to Windy Ridge, and Tenant dated as of May 19, 2014 (hereinafter referred to as the "Fifth Amendment";  the Original Lease, 
as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, Fourth Amendment and Fifth Amendment, is 
hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Lease"), pursuant to which Tenant leases certain premises in the building known as 
"Wildwood Center" located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), consisting of 220,744 square 
feet of Rentable Floor Area  located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), which premises are 
more particularly described in the Lease (hereinafter referred to as the "Premises"). 

WHEREAS, Landlord has delivered possession of Floor 4 North to Tenant pursuant to the Lease; 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to confirm the date Landlord has delivered Floor 4 North to Tenant for purposes of the 

Lease. 

NOW THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: 

1.    For all purposes of this Certificate, all terms used herein that are defined in the Lease shall have the same meanings ascribed 

to them in the Lease. 

2.    Landlord delivered Floor 4 North to Tenant on August 16, 2014, and the Fifth Amendment Expansion Date shall be 

November 16, 2014. 

3.    Tenant has accepted, is satisfied with, and is in full possession of the Premises, as expanded by Floor 4 North, including all 

improvements, additions and alterations thereto required to be made by Landlord under the Lease. 

4.    Landlord and Tenant hereby ratify and affirm the Lease and agree the Lease remains in full force and effect in accordance 

with its term, provided, however, to the extent of any conflict between the Lease and this Certificate, this Certificate shall control. 

B-1 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant hereby execute this Certificate under seal as of the date set forth below each 
party's  signature  hereto,  respectively,  but  with  intent  to  be  be  bound  hereby  as  of  the  "Certificate  Date"  set  forth  below  Landlord's 
signature. 

TENANT:

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation 

/s/ Dennis B. Story 

By: 
Print Name: Dennis B. Story 
Title: 

Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Mark McCormick 

Attest: 
Print Name: Mark McCormick 
Title: 

Senior Director, Contracts and Administration 

Date Signed by Tenant: February 3, 2015 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

LANDLORD: 

2300 WINDY RIDGE, LLC, a Georgia limited 
partnership 

By: 

Wildwood CS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company, its Managing Member 

By: 
Name: 
Title:            Manager 

Fred Arena 

"Certificate Date":                   , 2015

B-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT 

Exhibit 10.2(g) 

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this "Sixth  Amendment") is entered into on the Sixth 

Amendment Date set forth below Landlord's signature hereto (the "Sixth Amendment Date") by and between 2300 WINDY RIDGE 
LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"), and MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a 
Georgia corporation (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant"). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Wildwood Associates, a Georgia general partnership (hereinafter referred to as "Wildwood"), and Tenant entered 

into that certain Lease Agreement dated June 25, 2001 (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Lease"), as amended by that certain 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Wildwood and Tenant dated June 10, 2002 (hereinafter referred to as the "First 
Amendment"), as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway Investors, 
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as "Investors"), as successor-in-interest to Wildwood, and Tenant 
dated February 21, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Second Amendment"), as amended by that certain Third Amendment to Lease 
Agreement between Investors and Tenant dated June 14, 2007 (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Amendment"), as amended by that 
certain Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between SP4 2300 Windy Ridge, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (hereinafter 
referred to as "Windy Ridge"), as successor-in-interest to Investors, and Tenant dated as of August 15, 2012 (hereinafter referred to as 
the "Fourth Amendment"), and as amended by that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease Agreement between Landlord, as successor-in-
interest to Windy Ridge, and Tenant dated as of May 19, 2014 (hereinafter referred to as the "Fifth Amendment"; the Original Lease, 
as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment, Third Amendment, Fourth Amendment and Fifth Amendment, is 
hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Lease"), pursuant to which Tenant leases certain premises in the building known as 
"Wildwood Center" located at 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339 (the "Building"), consisting, as of the Sixth 
Amendment Date, of 190,986 square feet of Rentable Floor Area being Floor 1 North (22,719 rsf), Floor 3 North (24,056 rsf), Floor 7 
(425 rsf), Floor 8 (18,765 rsf), Floor 9 (62,576 rsf) and Floor 10 (62,445 rsf), which premises are more particularly described in the 
Lease (hereinafter referred to as the "Original Premises"); 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to expand the Original Premises by leasing certain storage space 

located on the basement of the North Tower of the Building containing 398 usable square feet and more particularly shown as the 
"Storage Space" on Exhibit A-6 attached hereto and incorporated by this reference (the "Storage Space"). 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00), the mutual covenants and conditions set 
forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and 
Tenant agree to amend the Lease as follows: 

1.      Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings as given 

such terms in the Lease. 

2.      Storage Space.  In addition to the Premises described in the Lease, commencing on  Sept 1, 2014 Landlord hereby rents 

and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby rents and leases from Landlord, the Storage Space, upon the same terms and conditions as 
contained in the Lease for the lease of the Premises, except as follows:  

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

Tenant shall pay monthly rent to Landlord for the Storage Space as and when Base Rent is due under the Lease in the 
amount of $265  per month; Base Rent shall be escalated by annually by 2% beginning October 1, 2015; 

The lease term of the Storage Space shall expire and be co-terminus with the Lease of the Premises, as it may be extended 
from time to time;  

Tenant may use the Storage Space only as a storage area and people may not be assigned to work therein on a full-time 
basis; 

From time to time and in Landlord's sole discretion, Landlord may relocate the Storage Space in connection with a 
relocation of the Premises;   

e. 

Landlord shall provide only the following services to the Storage Space: 

i. 

ii. 

electricity; and 

janitorial service for common areas. 

f. 

The Storage Space shall not be included in determining the number of parking spaces 

1 

 
g. 

Tenant accepts such Storage Space on an "AS IS, WHERE IS" basis, "WITH ALL FAULTS" and without any 
representations and warranties whatsoever, and no work or improvements or any allowance therefor shall be required 
from Landlord for such Storage Space. Tenant shall not make any improvements or alterations to the Storage Space 
without Landlord's consent.   

3.      Brokerage Commissions.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that CBRE, Inc. ("Broker") has acted in a dual 
capacity in the negotiation of this Sixth Amendment as broker for Landlord and as broker for Tenant. Tenant represents and warrants 
that it has not retained or consulted with a broker, agent or commission salesperson with respect to the negotiation of this Sixth 
Amendment, except for Broker, and that no commissions, fees or compensation of any kind are due and payable in connection 
herewith to any broker, agent or commission salesperson acting for or on behalf of Tenant, other than to Broker.  Tenant agrees to 
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, cost and damage suffered or incurred by Landlord as the result of any breach by 
Tenant of the representation and warranty contained in this Paragraph.  Landlord represents and warrants that, except for Broker, no 
broker, agent or commission salesperson has represented Landlord in the negotiation of this Sixth Amendment, and Landlord has 
agreed to compensate Broker for its services in accordance with the terms of a separate commission agreement between Landlord and 
Broker.   

4.      No Defaults.  Landlord and Tenant agree that there are, as of the Sixth Amendment Date, regardless of the giving of 

notice or the passage of time, or both, no defaults or breaches on the part of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease.  

5.      Miscellaneous.  This Sixth Amendment shall become effective only upon its full execution and delivery by Landlord and 

Tenant. This Sixth Amendment contains the parties' entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by it and supersedes all 
prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject 
matter.  There are no contemporaneous oral agreements, and there are no representations or warranties between the parties not 
contained in this Sixth Amendment.  The person executing this Sixth Amendment on behalf of Tenant does hereby covenant and 
warrant that Tenant is a duly authorized and existing corporation, that Tenant has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and 
that the person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Except as modified by this Sixth Amendment, the terms and 
provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and the Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of 
Landlord and Tenant, their successors and permitted assigns. 

6.      No Further Amendments; Ratification.  Except as expressly amended herein, all terms and conditions of the Lease 

remain unamended in full force and effect and are ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant.  In the event of any conflict 
between the terms and conditions of this Sixth Amendment and any of the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions 
of this Sixth Amendment shall control. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sixth Amendment as of the date set forth below each party's 

signature hereto, respectively, but with intent  to be bound hereby on the Sixth Amendment Date. 

LANDLORD:

2300 WINDY RIDGE LLC, a Georgia limited partnership 

By: 

  Wildwood CS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company, its Managing Member 

By: 
Name: 
Title:            Manager 

/s/ Fred Arena 
Fred Arena 

"Sixth Amendment Date": August 13, 2014 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SIXTH AMENDMENT] 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TENANT:

MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC., a Georgia corporation 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  /s/ Dennis B. Story 
Dennis B. Story 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Mark McCormick 

Attest: 
Print Name: Mark McCormick 
Title: 

Senior Director, Contract Administration 

Date signed by Tenant: August 13, 2014 

[CORPORATE SEAL] 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A-6 

STORAGE SPACE 

[Drawings, dimensions, plans, boundaries, furniture, fixtures and improvements shown in this Exhibit are for illustrative purposes 
only and are not intended to indicate the actual square footages, build out or improvements to such space] 

 
 
 
MANHATTAN ASSOCIATES, INC. SUBSIDIARIES  

Exhibit 21.1  

Subsidiaries 

Manhattan Associates Limited 

Manhattan Associates Europe B.V. 

Manhattan Associates France SARL 

Manhattan Associates GmbH 

Manhattan Associates KK 

Manhattan Associates Software (Shanghai), Co. Ltd. 

Manhattan Associates Pty Ltd. 

Manhattan Associates Software Pte Ltd. 

Manhattan Associates (India) Development Centre Private Limited 

Manhattan Associates, S. de R.L. de CV 

Manhattan Associates Services, S. de R.L. de CV 

Manhattan Associates Supply Chain Software, LLC 

    Place of Incorporation

   United Kingdom 

   Netherland 

   France 

   Germany 

   Japan 

   China 

   Australia 

   Singapore 

   India 

   Mexico 

   Mexico 

   Georgia, USA 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Exhibit 23.1  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:  

1.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-60635) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan,  

2.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-45802) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan,  

3.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-68968) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan,  

4.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-105913) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan,  

5.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-129272) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan,  

6.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-139598) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan,  

7.  Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-143611) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan,  

8.  Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159852) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, and  

9.  Registration statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174499) pertaining to the Manhattan Associates, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan;  

of our reports dated February 5, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Manhattan Associates, Inc. 
and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries 
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Manhattan Associates, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

Atlanta, Georgia 
February 5, 2015 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.1  

I, Eddie Capel, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the registrant;  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in 

all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being 
prepared;  

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and  

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and  

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Dated this 5th day of February, 2015  

/s/ Eddie Capel  
Eddie Capel, President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(d), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.2  

I, Dennis B. Story, certify that:  

1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of the registrant;  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in 

all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange 
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being 
prepared;  

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and  

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and  

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and  

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Dated this 5th day of February, 2015  

/s/ Dennis B. Story  
Dennis B. Story, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, and Treasurer 

 
 
  
 
 
Exhibit 32  

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER  
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

This Certificate is being delivered pursuant to the requirements of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 (Mail Fraud) of Title 18 (Crimes 

and Criminal Procedures) of the United States Code and shall not be relied on by any person for any other purpose.  

The undersigned, who are the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Manhattan Associates, Inc. (the 
“Company”), hereby each certify that, to the undersigned’s knowledge:  

1. the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”), which 
accompanies this Certification, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
and  

2. all information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 
the Company.  

Dated this 5th day of February, 2015  

/s/ Eddie Capel  
Eddie Capel, President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Dennis B. Story  
Dennis B. Story, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer, and Treasurer 

In accordance with SEC Release No. 34-47986, this Exhibit is furnished to the SEC as an accompanying document and is not deemed 
“filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that Section, nor 
shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933. A signed original of this written 
statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the registrant and will be retained by the 
registrant and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.  

 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Registrar and Transfer Agent                                                                                               

First Class/Registered/Certified Mail:

Courier Services:

Inquiries regarding stock transfers, lost certificates or address 
changes should be directed to Computershare.

Computershare

P O Box 30170

Computershare

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, TX 77842-3170

College Station, TX 77854

+1.800.568.3476

Auditors                                                                                                                                 

Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Legal Counsel                     

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Nasdaq Symbol                     

The  Company’s  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  MANH.  Additional  copies  of  this 

2014 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, may be obtained by shareholders online at www.manh.com or without 

charge by writing to Manhattan Associates Investor Relations at the Company’s headquarters.

Stock Performance                     
The following line-graph provides a comparison of the cumulative total shareholder return for Manhattan Associates, Inc. (“Manhattan”) 

common stock for the period from December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014, against the cumulative shareholder return during 

such period achieved by The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ Composite”) and the NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing Index. 

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2009 in the Common Stock and in each of the comparison indices and 

assumes reinvestment of dividends. No cash dividends have been declared on shares of Manhattan common stock. The data for the 

graph was provided to us by Zacks Investment Research, Inc. 

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100

December, 31, 2014

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

 0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Stock performance Graph Data Points for fiscal year ended December 31:

  Manhattan Associates, Inc.

  NASDAQ Composite

  NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing Index

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014         

 100 

 100 

 100 

 127 

 118 

 114 

 168 

 117 

 110 

 251 

 137 

 125 

 489 

 193 

 181 

 678 

 221 

 193

About Manhattan Associates
Manhattan Associates makes commerce-ready supply chains that bring all points of commerce together so 

you’re ready to sell and ready to execute. Across the store, through your network or from your fulfillment 

center,  we  design,  build  and  deliver  market-leading  solutions  that  support  both  top-line  growth  and 

bottom-line profitability. By converging front-end sales with back-end supply chain execution, our software, 

platform technology and unmatched experience help our customers get commerce ready—and ready to 

reap the rewards of the omni-channel marketplace. For more information, please visit www.manh.com.

© Manhattan Associates. All Rights Reserved.
manh.com | manh.com.mx | manh.co.uk | manh.com.fr | manh.nl | manh.com.au | manh.cn | manh.co.jp